Surah Al-A'raf in English: word by word, transliteration
Surah 7 · الأعراف · The Heights · 206 verses · 3320 words
Read Surah Al-A'raf verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation of each verse, then the meaning of every word.
Memorize Surah Al-A'raf
- Listen to the whole surah two or three times with the play buttons below.
- Learn one verse at a time: read it word by word, play it on repeat, then say it without looking.
- Join each new verse to the ones before it, and review the whole surah the next day.
How long it takes: 1 verse a day: 206 days, 2 verses a day: 103 days, 3 verses a day: 69 days, 5 verses a day: 42 days. Work out a longer plan.
Bismillah
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi
English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.
- بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
- ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful
Verse 1
الٓمٓصٓ
Transliteration alif-lam-meem-sad
English Alif, Lām, Meem, Ṣād.
- الٓمٓصٓalif-lam-meem-sadAlif Laam Meem Saad
Verse 2
كِتَـٰبٌ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ فَلَا يَكُن فِى صَدْرِكَ حَرَجٌ مِّنْهُ لِتُنذِرَ بِهِۦ وَذِكْرَىٰ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
Transliteration kitābun unzila ilayka falā yakun fī ṣadrika ḥarajun min'hu litundhira bihi wadhik'rā lil'mu'minīna
English [This is] a Book revealed to you, [O Muḥammad] - so let there not be in your breast distress therefrom - that you may warn thereby and as a reminder to the believers.
- كِتَـٰبٌkitābun(This is) a Book
- أُنزِلَunzilarevealed
- إِلَيْكَilaykato you
- فَلَاfalāso (let) not
- يَكُنyakunbe
- فِىfīin
- صَدْرِكَṣadrikayour breast
- حَرَجٌۭḥarajunany uneasiness
- مِّنْهُmin'hufrom it
- لِتُنذِرَlitundhirathat you warn
- بِهِۦbihiwith it
- وَذِكْرَىٰwadhik'rāand a reminder
- لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَlil'mu'minīnafor the believers
Verse 3
ٱتَّبِعُوا۟ مَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۗ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَذَكَّرُونَ
Transliteration ittabiʿū mā unzila ilaykum min rabbikum walā tattabiʿū min dūnihi awliyāa qalīlan mā tadhakkarūna
English Follow, [O mankind], what has been revealed to you from your Lord and do not follow other than Him any allies. Little do you remember.
- ٱتَّبِعُوا۟ittabiʿūFollow
- مَآmāwhat
- أُنزِلَunzilahas been revealed
- إِلَيْكُمilaykumto you
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
- وَلَاwalāand (do) not
- تَتَّبِعُوا۟tattabiʿūfollow
- مِنminfrom
- دُونِهِۦٓdūnihibeside Him
- أَوْلِيَآءَ ۗawliyāaany allies
- قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanLittle
- مَّاmā(is) what
- تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnayou remember
Verse 4
وَكَم مِّن قَرْيَةٍ أَهْلَكْنَـٰهَا فَجَآءَهَا بَأْسُنَا بَيَـٰتًا أَوْ هُمْ قَآئِلُونَ
Transliteration wakam min qaryatin ahlaknāhā fajāahā basunā bayātan aw hum qāilūna
English And how many cities have We destroyed, and Our punishment came to them at night or while they were sleeping at noon.
- وَكَمwakamAnd how many
- مِّنminof
- قَرْيَةٍqaryatina city
- أَهْلَكْنَـٰهَاahlaknāhāWe destroyed it
- فَجَآءَهَاfajāahāand came to it
- بَأْسُنَاbasunāOur punishment
- بَيَـٰتًاbayātan(at) night
- أَوْawor
- هُمْhum(while) they
- قَآئِلُونَqāilūnawere sleeping at noon
Verse 5
فَمَا كَانَ دَعْوَىٰهُمْ إِذْ جَآءَهُم بَأْسُنَآ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا كُنَّا ظَـٰلِمِينَ
Transliteration famā kāna daʿwāhum idh jāahum basunā illā an qālū innā kunnā ẓālimīna
English And their declaration when Our punishment came to them was only that they said, "Indeed, we were wrongdoers!"
- فَمَاfamāThen not
- كَانَkānawas
- دَعْوَىٰهُمْdaʿwāhumtheir plea
- إِذْidhwhen
- جَآءَهُمjāahumcame to them
- بَأْسُنَآbasunāOur punishment
- إِلَّآillāexcept
- أَنanthat
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey said
- إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
- كُنَّاkunnāwere
- ظَـٰلِمِينَẓālimīnawrongdoers
Verse 6
فَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ أُرْسِلَ إِلَيْهِمْ وَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
Transliteration falanasalanna alladhīna ur'sila ilayhim walanasalanna l-mur'salīna
English Then We will surely question those to whom [a message] was sent, and We will surely question the messengers.
- فَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّfalanasalannaThen surely We will question
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose (to) whom
- أُرْسِلَur'silawere sent
- إِلَيْهِمْilayhimto them (Messengers)
- وَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّwalanasalannaand surely We will question
- ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers
Verse 7
فَلَنَقُصَّنَّ عَلَيْهِم بِعِلْمٍ ۖ وَمَا كُنَّا غَآئِبِينَ
Transliteration falanaquṣṣanna ʿalayhim biʿil'min wamā kunnā ghāibīna
English Then We will surely relate [their deeds] to them with knowledge, and We were not [at all] absent.
- فَلَنَقُصَّنَّfalanaquṣṣannaThen surely We will narrate
- عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimto them
- بِعِلْمٍۢ ۖbiʿil'minwith knowledge
- وَمَاwamāand not
- كُنَّاkunnāwere We
- غَآئِبِينَghāibīnaabsent
Verse 8
وَٱلْوَزْنُ يَوْمَئِذٍ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ فَمَن ثَقُلَتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ
Transliteration wal-waznu yawma-idhin l-ḥaqu faman thaqulat mawāzīnuhu fa-ulāika humu l-muf'liḥūna
English And the weighing [of deeds] that Day will be the truth. So those whose scales are heavy - it is they who will be the successful.
- وَٱلْوَزْنُwal-waznuAnd the weighing
- يَوْمَئِذٍyawma-idhinthat day
- ٱلْحَقُّ ۚl-ḥaqu(will be) the truth
- فَمَنfamanSo whose
- ثَقُلَتْthaqulat(will be) heavy
- مَوَٰزِينُهُۥmawāzīnuhuhis scales
- فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
- هُمُhumu[they]
- ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَl-muf'liḥūna(will be) the successful ones
Verse 9
وَمَنْ خَفَّتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا يَظْلِمُونَ
Transliteration waman khaffat mawāzīnuhu fa-ulāika alladhīna khasirū anfusahum bimā kānū biāyātinā yaẓlimūna
English And those whose scales are light - they are the ones who will lose themselves for what injustice they were doing toward Our verses.
- وَمَنْwamanAnd (for) those
- خَفَّتْkhaffat(will be) light
- مَوَٰزِينُهُۥmawāzīnuhuhis scales
- فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikaso those
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(will be) the ones who
- خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūlost
- أَنفُسَهُمanfusahumthemselves
- بِمَاbimābecause
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināto Our Verses
- يَظْلِمُونَyaẓlimūna(doing) injustice
Verse 10
وَلَقَدْ مَكَّنَّـٰكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَجَعَلْنَا لَكُمْ فِيهَا مَعَـٰيِشَ ۗ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَشْكُرُونَ
Transliteration walaqad makkannākum fī l-arḍi wajaʿalnā lakum fīhā maʿāyisha qalīlan mā tashkurūna
English And We have certainly established you upon the earth and made for you therein ways of livelihood. Little are you grateful.
- وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
- مَكَّنَّـٰكُمْmakkannākumWe established you
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāand We made
- لَكُمْlakumfor you
- فِيهَاfīhāin it
- مَعَـٰيِشَ ۗmaʿāyishalivelihood
- قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanLittle
- مَّاmā(is) what
- تَشْكُرُونَtashkurūnayou (are) grateful
Verse 11
وَلَقَدْ خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْ ثُمَّ صَوَّرْنَـٰكُمْ ثُمَّ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِـَٔادَمَ فَسَجَدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِبْلِيسَ لَمْ يَكُن مِّنَ ٱلسَّـٰجِدِينَ
Transliteration walaqad khalaqnākum thumma ṣawwarnākum thumma qul'nā lil'malāikati us'judū liādama fasajadū illā ib'līsa lam yakun mina l-sājidīna
English And We have certainly created you, [O mankind], and given you [human] form. Then We said to the angels, "Prostrate to Adam"; so they prostrated, except for Iblees. He was not of those who prostrated.
- وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
- خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْkhalaqnākumWe created you
- ثُمَّthummathen
- صَوَّرْنَـٰكُمْṣawwarnākumWe fashioned you
- ثُمَّthummaThen
- قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
- لِلْمَلَـٰٓئِكَةِlil'malāikatito the Angels
- ٱسْجُدُوا۟us'judūProstrate
- لِـَٔادَمَliādamato Adam
- فَسَجَدُوٓا۟fasajadūSo they prostrated
- إِلَّآillāexcept
- إِبْلِيسَib'līsaIblis
- لَمْlamNot
- يَكُنyakunhe was
- مِّنَminaof
- ٱلسَّـٰجِدِينَl-sājidīnathose who prostrated
Verse 12
قَالَ مَا مَنَعَكَ أَلَّا تَسْجُدَ إِذْ أَمَرْتُكَ ۖ قَالَ أَنَا۠ خَيْرٌ مِّنْهُ خَلَقْتَنِى مِن نَّارٍ وَخَلَقْتَهُۥ مِن طِينٍ
Transliteration qāla mā manaʿaka allā tasjuda idh amartuka qāla anā khayrun min'hu khalaqtanī min nārin wakhalaqtahu min ṭīnin
English [Allāh] said, "What prevented you from prostrating when I commanded you?" [Satan] said, "I am better than him. You created me from fire and created him from clay [i.e., earth]."
- قَالَqāla(Allah) said
- مَاmāWhat
- مَنَعَكَmanaʿakaprevented you
- أَلَّاallāthat not
- تَسْجُدَtasjudayou prostrate
- إِذْidhwhen
- أَمَرْتُكَ ۖamartukaI commanded you
- قَالَqāla(Shaitaan) said
- أَنَا۠anāI am
- خَيْرٌۭkhayrunbetter
- مِّنْهُmin'huthan him
- خَلَقْتَنِىkhalaqtanīYou created me
- مِنminfrom
- نَّارٍۢnārinfire
- وَخَلَقْتَهُۥwakhalaqtahuand You created him
- مِنminfrom
- طِينٍۢṭīninclay
Verse 13
قَالَ فَٱهْبِطْ مِنْهَا فَمَا يَكُونُ لَكَ أَن تَتَكَبَّرَ فِيهَا فَٱخْرُجْ إِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰغِرِينَ
Transliteration qāla fa-ih'biṭ min'hā famā yakūnu laka an tatakabbara fīhā fa-ukh'ruj innaka mina l-ṣāghirīna
English [Allāh] said, "Descend from it [i.e., Paradise], for it is not for you to be arrogant therein. So get out; indeed, you are of the debased."
- قَالَqāla(Allah) said
- فَٱهْبِطْfa-ih'biṭThen go down
- مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
- فَمَاfamāfor not
- يَكُونُyakūnuit is
- لَكَlakafor you
- أَنanthat
- تَتَكَبَّرَtatakabbarayou be arrogant
- فِيهَاfīhāin it
- فَٱخْرُجْfa-ukh'rujSo get out
- إِنَّكَinnakaindeed, you
- مِنَmina(are) of
- ٱلصَّـٰغِرِينَl-ṣāghirīnathe disgraced ones
Verse 14
قَالَ أَنظِرْنِىٓ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ يُبْعَثُونَ
Transliteration qāla anẓir'nī ilā yawmi yub'ʿathūna
English [Satan] said, "Reprieve me until the Day they are resurrected."
- قَالَqāla(Shaitaan) said
- أَنظِرْنِىٓanẓir'nīGive me respite
- إِلَىٰilātill
- يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
- يُبْعَثُونَyub'ʿathūnathey are raised up
Verse 15
قَالَ إِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلْمُنظَرِينَ
Transliteration qāla innaka mina l-munẓarīna
English [Allāh] said, "Indeed, you are of those reprieved."
- قَالَqāla(Allah) said
- إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed, you
- مِنَmina(are) of
- ٱلْمُنظَرِينَl-munẓarīnathe ones given respite
Verse 16
قَالَ فَبِمَآ أَغْوَيْتَنِى لَأَقْعُدَنَّ لَهُمْ صِرَٰطَكَ ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمَ
Transliteration qāla fabimā aghwaytanī la-aqʿudanna lahum ṣirāṭaka l-mus'taqīma
English [Satan] said, "Because You have put me in error, I will surely sit in wait for them [i.e., mankind] on Your straight path.
- قَالَqāla(Shaitaan) said
- فَبِمَآfabimāBecause
- أَغْوَيْتَنِىaghwaytanīYou have sent me astray
- لَأَقْعُدَنَّla-aqʿudannasurely I will sit
- لَهُمْlahumfor them
- صِرَٰطَكَṣirāṭaka(on) Your path
- ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمَl-mus'taqīmathe straight
Verse 17
ثُمَّ لَـَٔاتِيَنَّهُم مِّنۢ بَيْنِ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَمِنْ خَلْفِهِمْ وَعَنْ أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْ وَعَن شَمَآئِلِهِمْ ۖ وَلَا تَجِدُ أَكْثَرَهُمْ شَـٰكِرِينَ
Transliteration thumma laātiyannahum min bayni aydīhim wamin khalfihim waʿan aymānihim waʿan shamāilihim walā tajidu aktharahum shākirīna
English Then I will come to them from before them and from behind them and on their right and on their left, and You will not find most of them grateful [to You]."
- ثُمَّthummaThen
- لَـَٔاتِيَنَّهُمlaātiyannahumsurely, I will come to them
- مِّنۢminfrom
- بَيْنِbaynibefore
- أَيْدِيهِمْaydīhimthem
- وَمِنْwaminand from
- خَلْفِهِمْkhalfihimbehind them
- وَعَنْwaʿanand from
- أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْaymānihimtheir right
- وَعَنwaʿanand from
- شَمَآئِلِهِمْ ۖshamāilihimtheir left
- وَلَاwalāand not
- تَجِدُtajiduYou (will) find
- أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
- شَـٰكِرِينَshākirīnagrateful
Verse 18
قَالَ ٱخْرُجْ مِنْهَا مَذْءُومًا مَّدْحُورًا ۖ لَّمَن تَبِعَكَ مِنْهُمْ لَأَمْلَأَنَّ جَهَنَّمَ مِنكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ
Transliteration qāla ukh'ruj min'hā madhūman madḥūran laman tabiʿaka min'hum la-amla-anna jahannama minkum ajmaʿīna
English [Allāh] said, "Depart from it [i.e., Paradise], reproached and expelled. Whoever follows you among them - I will surely fill Hell with you, all together."
- قَالَqāla(Allah) said
- ٱخْرُجْukh'rujGet out
- مِنْهَاmin'hāof it
- مَذْءُومًۭاmadhūmandisgraced
- مَّدْحُورًۭا ۖmadḥūranand expelled
- لَّمَنlamanCertainly, whoever
- تَبِعَكَtabiʿakafollows you
- مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
- لَأَمْلَأَنَّla-amla-annasurely, I will fill
- جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
- مِنكُمْminkumwith you
- أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall
Verse 19
وَيَـٰٓـَٔادَمُ ٱسْكُنْ أَنتَ وَزَوْجُكَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ فَكُلَا مِنْ حَيْثُ شِئْتُمَا وَلَا تَقْرَبَا هَـٰذِهِ ٱلشَّجَرَةَ فَتَكُونَا مِنَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ
Transliteration wayāādamu us'kun anta wazawjuka l-janata fakulā min ḥaythu shi'tumā walā taqrabā hādhihi l-shajarata fatakūnā mina l-ẓālimīna
English And "O Adam, dwell, you and your wife, in Paradise and eat from wherever you will but do not approach this tree, lest you be among the wrongdoers."
- وَيَـٰٓـَٔادَمُwayāādamuAnd O Adam
- ٱسْكُنْus'kunDwell
- أَنتَantayou
- وَزَوْجُكَwazawjukaand your wife
- ٱلْجَنَّةَl-janata(in) the Garden
- فَكُلَاfakulāand you both eat
- مِنْminfrom
- حَيْثُḥaythuwherever
- شِئْتُمَاshi'tumāyou both wish
- وَلَاwalābut (do) not
- تَقْرَبَاtaqrabāapproach [both of you]
- هَـٰذِهِhādhihithis
- ٱلشَّجَرَةَl-shajarata[the] tree
- فَتَكُونَاfatakūnālest you both be
- مِنَminaamong
- ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
Verse 20
فَوَسْوَسَ لَهُمَا ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ لِيُبْدِىَ لَهُمَا مَا وُۥرِىَ عَنْهُمَا مِن سَوْءَٰتِهِمَا وَقَالَ مَا نَهَىٰكُمَا رَبُّكُمَا عَنْ هَـٰذِهِ ٱلشَّجَرَةِ إِلَّآ أَن تَكُونَا مَلَكَيْنِ أَوْ تَكُونَا مِنَ ٱلْخَـٰلِدِينَ
Transliteration fawaswasa lahumā l-shayṭānu liyub'diya lahumā mā wūriya ʿanhumā min sawātihimā waqāla mā nahākumā rabbukumā ʿan hādhihi l-shajarati illā an takūnā malakayni aw takūnā mina l-khālidīna
English But Satan whispered to them to make apparent to them that which was concealed from them of their private parts. He said, "Your Lord did not forbid you this tree except that you become angels or become of the immortal."
- فَوَسْوَسَfawaswasaThen whispered
- لَهُمَاlahumāto both of them
- ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
- لِيُبْدِىَliyub'diyato make apparent
- لَهُمَاlahumāto both of them
- مَاmāwhat
- وُۥرِىَwūriyawas concealed
- عَنْهُمَاʿanhumāfrom both of them
- مِنminof
- سَوْءَٰتِهِمَاsawātihimātheir shame
- وَقَالَwaqālaAnd he said
- مَاmā(Did) not
- نَهَىٰكُمَاnahākumāforbid you both
- رَبُّكُمَاrabbukumāyour Lord
- عَنْʿanfrom
- هَـٰذِهِhādhihithis
- ٱلشَّجَرَةِl-shajarati[the] tree
- إِلَّآillāexcept
- أَنanthat
- تَكُونَاtakūnāyou two become
- مَلَكَيْنِmalakayniAngels
- أَوْawor
- تَكُونَاtakūnāyou two become
- مِنَminaof
- ٱلْخَـٰلِدِينَl-khālidīnathe immortals
Verse 21
وَقَاسَمَهُمَآ إِنِّى لَكُمَا لَمِنَ ٱلنَّـٰصِحِينَ
Transliteration waqāsamahumā innī lakumā lamina l-nāṣiḥīna
English And he swore [by Allāh] to them, "Indeed, I am to you from among the sincere advisors."
- وَقَاسَمَهُمَآwaqāsamahumāAnd he swore (to) both of them
- إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
- لَكُمَاlakumāto both of you
- لَمِنَlaminaamong
- ٱلنَّـٰصِحِينَl-nāṣiḥīnathe sincere advisors
Verse 22
فَدَلَّىٰهُمَا بِغُرُورٍ ۚ فَلَمَّا ذَاقَا ٱلشَّجَرَةَ بَدَتْ لَهُمَا سَوْءَٰتُهُمَا وَطَفِقَا يَخْصِفَانِ عَلَيْهِمَا مِن وَرَقِ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ وَنَادَىٰهُمَا رَبُّهُمَآ أَلَمْ أَنْهَكُمَا عَن تِلْكُمَا ٱلشَّجَرَةِ وَأَقُل لَّكُمَآ إِنَّ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ لَكُمَا عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ
Transliteration fadallāhumā bighurūrin falammā dhāqā l-shajarata badat lahumā sawātuhumā waṭafiqā yakhṣifāni ʿalayhimā min waraqi l-janati wanādāhumā rabbuhumā alam anhakumā ʿan til'kumā l-shajarati wa-aqul lakumā inna l-shayṭāna lakumā ʿaduwwun mubīnun
English So he made them fall, through deception. And when they tasted of the tree, their private parts became apparent to them, and they began to fasten together over themselves from the leaves of Paradise. And their Lord called to them, "Did I not forbid you from that tree and tell you that Satan is to you a clear enemy?"
- فَدَلَّىٰهُمَاfadallāhumāSo he made both of them fall
- بِغُرُورٍۢ ۚbighurūrinby deception
- فَلَمَّاfalammāThen when
- ذَاقَاdhāqāthey both tasted
- ٱلشَّجَرَةَl-shajaratathe tree
- بَدَتْbadatbecame apparent
- لَهُمَاlahumāto both of them
- سَوْءَٰتُهُمَاsawātuhumātheir shame
- وَطَفِقَاwaṭafiqāand they began
- يَخْصِفَانِyakhṣifāni(to) fasten
- عَلَيْهِمَاʿalayhimāover themselves
- مِنminfrom
- وَرَقِwaraqi(the) leaves
- ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖl-janati(of) the Garden
- وَنَادَىٰهُمَاwanādāhumāAnd called them both
- رَبُّهُمَآrabbuhumātheir Lord
- أَلَمْalamDid not
- أَنْهَكُمَاanhakumāI forbid you both
- عَنʿanfrom
- تِلْكُمَاtil'kumāthis
- ٱلشَّجَرَةِl-shajarati[the] tree
- وَأَقُلwa-aquland [I] say
- لَّكُمَآlakumāto both of you
- إِنَّinnathat
- ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَl-shayṭāna[the] Shaitaan
- لَكُمَاlakumāto both of you
- عَدُوٌّۭʿaduwwun(is) an enemy
- مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunopen
Verse 23
قَالَا رَبَّنَا ظَلَمْنَآ أَنفُسَنَا وَإِن لَّمْ تَغْفِرْ لَنَا وَتَرْحَمْنَا لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَ
Transliteration qālā rabbanā ẓalamnā anfusanā wa-in lam taghfir lanā watarḥamnā lanakūnanna mina l-khāsirīna
English They said, "Our Lord, we have wronged ourselves, and if You do not forgive us and have mercy upon us, we will surely be among the losers."
- قَالَاqālāBoth of them said
- رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
- ظَلَمْنَآẓalamnāwe have wronged
- أَنفُسَنَاanfusanāourselves
- وَإِنwa-inand if
- لَّمْlamnot
- تَغْفِرْtaghfirYou forgive
- لَنَاlanā[for] us
- وَتَرْحَمْنَاwatarḥamnāand have mercy (on) us
- لَنَكُونَنَّlanakūnannasurely, we will be
- مِنَminaamong
- ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَl-khāsirīnathe losers
Verse 24
قَالَ ٱهْبِطُوا۟ بَعْضُكُمْ لِبَعْضٍ عَدُوٌّ ۖ وَلَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمَتَـٰعٌ إِلَىٰ حِينٍ
Transliteration qāla ih'biṭū baʿḍukum libaʿḍin ʿaduwwun walakum fī l-arḍi mus'taqarrun wamatāʿun ilā ḥīnin
English [Allāh] said, "Descend, being to one another enemies. And for you on the earth is a place of settlement and enjoyment [i.e., provision] for a time."
- قَالَqāla(Allah) said
- ٱهْبِطُوا۟ih'biṭūGet down
- بَعْضُكُمْbaʿḍukumsome of you
- لِبَعْضٍlibaʿḍinto some others
- عَدُوٌّۭ ۖʿaduwwun(as) enemy
- وَلَكُمْwalakumAnd for you
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- مُسْتَقَرٌّۭmus'taqarrun(is) a dwelling place
- وَمَتَـٰعٌwamatāʿunand livelihood
- إِلَىٰilāfor
- حِينٍۢḥīnina time
Verse 25
قَالَ فِيهَا تَحْيَوْنَ وَفِيهَا تَمُوتُونَ وَمِنْهَا تُخْرَجُونَ
Transliteration qāla fīhā taḥyawna wafīhā tamūtūna wamin'hā tukh'rajūna
English He said, "Therein you will live, and therein you will die, and from it you will be brought forth."
- قَالَqālaHe said
- فِيهَاfīhāIn it
- تَحْيَوْنَtaḥyawnayou will live
- وَفِيهَاwafīhāand in it
- تَمُوتُونَtamūtūnayou will die
- وَمِنْهَاwamin'hāand from it
- تُخْرَجُونَtukh'rajūnayou will be brought forth
Verse 26
يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ قَدْ أَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْكُمْ لِبَاسًا يُوَٰرِى سَوْءَٰتِكُمْ وَرِيشًا ۖ وَلِبَاسُ ٱلتَّقْوَىٰ ذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ ءَايَـٰتِ ٱللَّهِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَذَّكَّرُونَ
Transliteration yābanī ādama qad anzalnā ʿalaykum libāsan yuwārī sawātikum warīshan walibāsu l-taqwā dhālika khayrun dhālika min āyāti l-lahi laʿallahum yadhakkarūna
English O children of Adam, We have bestowed upon you clothing to conceal your private parts and as adornment. But the clothing of righteousness - that is best. That is from the signs of Allāh that perhaps they will remember.
- يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children
- ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
- قَدْqadVerily
- أَنزَلْنَاanzalnāWe have sent down
- عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
- لِبَاسًۭاlibāsanclothing
- يُوَٰرِىyuwārīit covers
- سَوْءَٰتِكُمْsawātikumyour shame
- وَرِيشًۭا ۖwarīshanand (as) an adornment
- وَلِبَاسُwalibāsuBut the clothing
- ٱلتَّقْوَىٰl-taqwā(of) [the] righteousness
- ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
- خَيْرٌۭ ۚkhayrun(is) best
- ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
- مِنْmin(is) from
- ءَايَـٰتِāyāti(the) Signs
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
- يَذَّكَّرُونَyadhakkarūnaremember
Verse 27
يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ لَا يَفْتِنَنَّكُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ كَمَآ أَخْرَجَ أَبَوَيْكُم مِّنَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ يَنزِعُ عَنْهُمَا لِبَاسَهُمَا لِيُرِيَهُمَا سَوْءَٰتِهِمَآ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ يَرَىٰكُمْ هُوَ وَقَبِيلُهُۥ مِنْ حَيْثُ لَا تَرَوْنَهُمْ ۗ إِنَّا جَعَلْنَا ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ لِلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ
Transliteration yābanī ādama lā yaftinannakumu l-shayṭānu kamā akhraja abawaykum mina l-janati yanziʿu ʿanhumā libāsahumā liyuriyahumā sawātihimā innahu yarākum huwa waqabīluhu min ḥaythu lā tarawnahum innā jaʿalnā l-shayāṭīna awliyāa lilladhīna lā yu'minūna
English O children of Adam, let not Satan tempt you as he removed your parents from Paradise, stripping them of their clothing to show them their private parts. Indeed, he sees you, he and his tribe, from where you do not see them. Indeed, We have made the devils allies to those who do not believe.
- يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children
- ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
- لَاlā(Let) not
- يَفْتِنَنَّكُمُyaftinannakumutempt you
- ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānu[the] Shaitaan
- كَمَآkamāas
- أَخْرَجَakhrajahe drove out
- أَبَوَيْكُمabawaykumyour parents
- مِّنَminafrom
- ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janatiParadise
- يَنزِعُyanziʿustripping
- عَنْهُمَاʿanhumāfrom both of them
- لِبَاسَهُمَاlibāsahumātheir clothing
- لِيُرِيَهُمَاliyuriyahumāto show both of them
- سَوْءَٰتِهِمَآ ۗsawātihimātheir shame
- إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
- يَرَىٰكُمْyarākumsees you
- هُوَhuwahe
- وَقَبِيلُهُۥwaqabīluhuand his tribe
- مِنْminfrom
- حَيْثُḥaythuwhere
- لَاlānot
- تَرَوْنَهُمْ ۗtarawnahumyou see them
- إِنَّاinnāIndeed
- جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe have made
- ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَl-shayāṭīnathe devils
- أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāafriends
- لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnaof those who
- لَاlā(do) not
- يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
Verse 28
وَإِذَا فَعَلُوا۟ فَـٰحِشَةً قَالُوا۟ وَجَدْنَا عَلَيْهَآ ءَابَآءَنَا وَٱللَّهُ أَمَرَنَا بِهَا ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَأْمُرُ بِٱلْفَحْشَآءِ ۖ أَتَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ
Transliteration wa-idhā faʿalū fāḥishatan qālū wajadnā ʿalayhā ābāanā wal-lahu amaranā bihā qul inna l-laha lā yamuru bil-faḥshāi ataqūlūna ʿalā l-lahi mā lā taʿlamūna
English And when they commit an immorality, they say, "We found our fathers doing it, and Allāh has ordered us to do it." Say, "Indeed, Allāh does not order immorality. Do you say about Allāh that which you do not know?"
- وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
- فَعَلُوا۟faʿalūthey do
- فَـٰحِشَةًۭfāḥishatanimmorality
- قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
- وَجَدْنَاwajadnāWe found
- عَلَيْهَآʿalayhāon it
- ءَابَآءَنَاābāanāour forefathers
- وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuand Allah
- أَمَرَنَاamaranā(has) ordered us
- بِهَا ۗbihāof it
- قُلْqulSay
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
- لَاlā(does) not
- يَأْمُرُyamuruorder
- بِٱلْفَحْشَآءِ ۖbil-faḥshāiimmorality
- أَتَقُولُونَataqūlūnaDo you say
- عَلَىʿalāabout
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- مَاmāwhat
- لَاlānot
- تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou know
Verse 29
قُلْ أَمَرَ رَبِّى بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖ وَأَقِيمُوا۟ وُجُوهَكُمْ عِندَ كُلِّ مَسْجِدٍ وَٱدْعُوهُ مُخْلِصِينَ لَهُ ٱلدِّينَ ۚ كَمَا بَدَأَكُمْ تَعُودُونَ
Transliteration qul amara rabbī bil-qis'ṭi wa-aqīmū wujūhakum ʿinda kulli masjidin wa-id'ʿūhu mukh'liṣīna lahu l-dīna kamā bada-akum taʿūdūna
English Say, [O Muḥammad], "My Lord has ordered justice and that you direct yourselves [to the Qiblah] at every place [or time] of prostration, and invoke Him, sincere to Him in religion." Just as He originated you, you will return [to life] -
- قُلْqulSay
- أَمَرَamara(Has been) ordered
- رَبِّىrabbī(by) my Lord
- بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖbil-qis'ṭijustice
- وَأَقِيمُوا۟wa-aqīmūand set
- وُجُوهَكُمْwujūhakumyour faces
- عِندَʿindaat
- كُلِّkullievery
- مَسْجِدٍۢmasjidinmasjid
- وَٱدْعُوهُwa-id'ʿūhuand invoke Him
- مُخْلِصِينَmukh'liṣīna(being) sincere
- لَهُlahuto Him
- ٱلدِّينَ ۚl-dīna(in) the religion
- كَمَاkamāAs
- بَدَأَكُمْbada-akumHe originated you
- تَعُودُونَtaʿūdūna(so) will you return
Verse 30
فَرِيقًا هَدَىٰ وَفَرِيقًا حَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلضَّلَـٰلَةُ ۗ إِنَّهُمُ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَحْسَبُونَ أَنَّهُم مُّهْتَدُونَ
Transliteration farīqan hadā wafarīqan ḥaqqa ʿalayhimu l-ḍalālatu innahumu ittakhadhū l-shayāṭīna awliyāa min dūni l-lahi wayaḥsabūna annahum muh'tadūna
English A group [of you] He guided, and a group deserved [to be in] error. Indeed, they [i.e., the latter] had taken the devils as allies instead of Allāh while they thought that they were guided.
- فَرِيقًاfarīqanA group
- هَدَىٰhadāHe guided
- وَفَرِيقًاwafarīqanand a group
- حَقَّḥaqqadeserved
- عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimu[on] they
- ٱلضَّلَـٰلَةُ ۗl-ḍalālatuthe astraying
- إِنَّهُمُinnahumuIndeed, they
- ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtake
- ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينَl-shayāṭīnathe devils
- أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāa(as) allies
- مِنminfrom
- دُونِdūnibesides
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- وَيَحْسَبُونَwayaḥsabūnawhile they think
- أَنَّهُمannahumthat they
- مُّهْتَدُونَmuh'tadūna(are the) guided-ones
Verse 31
۞ يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ خُذُوا۟ زِينَتَكُمْ عِندَ كُلِّ مَسْجِدٍ وَكُلُوا۟ وَٱشْرَبُوا۟ وَلَا تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ
Transliteration yābanī ādama khudhū zīnatakum ʿinda kulli masjidin wakulū wa-ish'rabū walā tus'rifū innahu lā yuḥibbu l-mus'rifīna
English O children of Adam, take your adornment [i.e., wear your clothing] at every masjid, and eat and drink, but be not excessive. Indeed, He likes not those who commit excess.
- ۞ يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children
- ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
- خُذُوا۟khudhūTake
- زِينَتَكُمْzīnatakumyour adornment
- عِندَʿindaat
- كُلِّkullievery
- مَسْجِدٍۢmasjidinmasjid
- وَكُلُوا۟wakulūand eat
- وَٱشْرَبُوا۟wa-ish'rabūand drink
- وَلَاwalābut (do) not
- تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚtus'rifūbe extravagant
- إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
- لَاlā(does) not
- يُحِبُّyuḥibbulove
- ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَl-mus'rifīnathe extravagant ones
Verse 32
قُلْ مَنْ حَرَّمَ زِينَةَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَخْرَجَ لِعِبَادِهِۦ وَٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِ مِنَ ٱلرِّزْقِ ۚ قُلْ هِىَ لِلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا خَالِصَةً يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗ كَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ
Transliteration qul man ḥarrama zīnata l-lahi allatī akhraja liʿibādihi wal-ṭayibāti mina l-riz'qi qul hiya lilladhīna āmanū fī l-ḥayati l-dun'yā khāliṣatan yawma l-qiyāmati kadhālika nufaṣṣilu l-āyāti liqawmin yaʿlamūna
English Say, "Who has forbidden the adornment of [i.e., from] Allāh which He has produced for His servants and the good [lawful] things of provision?" Say, "They are for those who believed during the life of this world, exclusively [for them] on the Day of Resurrection." Thus do We detail the verses for a people who know.
- قُلْqulSay
- مَنْmanWho
- حَرَّمَḥarramahas forbidden
- زِينَةَzīnata(the) adornment
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(from) Allah
- ٱلَّتِىٓallatīwhich
- أَخْرَجَakhrajaHe has brought forth
- لِعِبَادِهِۦliʿibādihifor His slaves
- وَٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِwal-ṭayibātiand the pure things
- مِنَminaof
- ٱلرِّزْقِ ۚl-riz'qisustenance
- قُلْqulSay
- هِىَhiyaThey
- لِلَّذِينَlilladhīna(are) for those who
- ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
- فِىfīduring
- ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayatithe life
- ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
- خَالِصَةًۭkhāliṣatanexclusively (for them)
- يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
- ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗl-qiyāmati(of) Resurrection
- كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
- نُفَصِّلُnufaṣṣiluWe explain
- ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
- لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor (the) people
- يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnawho know
Verse 33
قُلْ إِنَّمَا حَرَّمَ رَبِّىَ ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَ مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا وَمَا بَطَنَ وَٱلْإِثْمَ وَٱلْبَغْىَ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ وَأَن تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ سُلْطَـٰنًا وَأَن تَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ
Transliteration qul innamā ḥarrama rabbiya l-fawāḥisha mā ẓahara min'hā wamā baṭana wal-ith'ma wal-baghya bighayri l-ḥaqi wa-an tush'rikū bil-lahi mā lam yunazzil bihi sul'ṭānan wa-an taqūlū ʿalā l-lahi mā lā taʿlamūna
English Say, "My Lord has only forbidden immoralities - what is apparent of them and what is concealed - and sin, and oppression without right, and that you associate with Allāh that for which He has not sent down authority, and that you say about Allāh that which you do not know."
- قُلْqulSay
- إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
- حَرَّمَḥarrama(had) forbidden
- رَبِّىَrabbiyamy Lord
- ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَl-fawāḥishathe shameful deeds
- مَاmāwhat
- ظَهَرَẓahara(is) apparent
- مِنْهَاmin'hāof it
- وَمَاwamāand what
- بَطَنَbaṭanais concealed
- وَٱلْإِثْمَwal-ith'maand the sin
- وَٱلْبَغْىَwal-baghyaand the oppression
- بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
- ٱلْحَقِّl-ḥaqi[the] right
- وَأَنwa-anand that
- تُشْرِكُوا۟tush'rikūyou associate (others)
- بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiwith Allah
- مَاmāwhat
- لَمْlamnot
- يُنَزِّلْyunazzilHe (has) sent down
- بِهِۦbihiof it
- سُلْطَـٰنًۭاsul'ṭānanany authority
- وَأَنwa-anand that
- تَقُولُوا۟taqūlūyou say
- عَلَىʿalāabout
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- مَاmāwhat
- لَاlānot
- تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou know
Verse 34
وَلِكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ أَجَلٌ ۖ فَإِذَا جَآءَ أَجَلُهُمْ لَا يَسْتَأْخِرُونَ سَاعَةً ۖ وَلَا يَسْتَقْدِمُونَ
Transliteration walikulli ummatin ajalun fa-idhā jāa ajaluhum lā yastakhirūna sāʿatan walā yastaqdimūna
English And for every nation is a [specified] term. So when their time has come, they will not remain behind an hour, nor will they precede [it].
- وَلِكُلِّwalikulliAnd for every
- أُمَّةٍummatinnation
- أَجَلٌۭ ۖajalun(is a fixed) term
- فَإِذَاfa-idhāSo when
- جَآءَjāacomes
- أَجَلُهُمْajaluhumtheir term
- لَاlā(they can) not
- يَسْتَأْخِرُونَyastakhirūnaseek to delay
- سَاعَةًۭ ۖsāʿatanan hour
- وَلَاwalāand not
- يَسْتَقْدِمُونَyastaqdimūnaseek to advance (it)
Verse 35
يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ إِمَّا يَأْتِيَنَّكُمْ رُسُلٌ مِّنكُمْ يَقُصُّونَ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَـٰتِى ۙ فَمَنِ ٱتَّقَىٰ وَأَصْلَحَ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ
Transliteration yābanī ādama immā yatiyannakum rusulun minkum yaquṣṣūna ʿalaykum āyātī famani ittaqā wa-aṣlaḥa falā khawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna
English O children of Adam, if there come to you messengers from among you relating to you My verses [i.e., scriptures and laws], then whoever fears Allāh and reforms - there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve.
- يَـٰبَنِىٓyābanīO Children
- ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
- إِمَّاimmāIf
- يَأْتِيَنَّكُمْyatiyannakumcome to you
- رُسُلٌۭrusulunMessengers
- مِّنكُمْminkumfrom you
- يَقُصُّونَyaquṣṣūnarelating
- عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
- ءَايَـٰتِى ۙāyātīMy Verses
- فَمَنِfamanithen whoever
- ٱتَّقَىٰittaqāfears Allah
- وَأَصْلَحَwa-aṣlaḥaand reforms
- فَلَاfalāthen no
- خَوْفٌkhawfunfear
- عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimon them
- وَلَاwalāand not
- هُمْhumthey
- يَحْزَنُونَyaḥzanūnawill grieve
Verse 36
وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ عَنْهَآ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ ۖ هُمْ فِيهَا خَـٰلِدُونَ
Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā wa-is'takbarū ʿanhā ulāika aṣḥābu l-nāri hum fīhā khālidūna
English But the ones who deny Our verses and are arrogant toward them - those are the companions of the Fire; they will abide therein eternally.
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaBut those who
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdeny
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Verses
- وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟wa-is'takbarūand (are) arrogant
- عَنْهَآʿanhātowards them
- أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
- أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(are the) companions
- ٱلنَّارِ ۖl-nāri(of) the Fire
- هُمْhumthey
- فِيهَاfīhāin it
- خَـٰلِدُونَkhālidūnawill abide forever
Verse 37
فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ يَنَالُهُمْ نَصِيبُهُم مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمْ رُسُلُنَا يَتَوَفَّوْنَهُمْ قَالُوٓا۟ أَيْنَ مَا كُنتُمْ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ قَالُوا۟ ضَلُّوا۟ عَنَّا وَشَهِدُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ كَـٰفِرِينَ
Transliteration faman aẓlamu mimmani if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban aw kadhaba biāyātihi ulāika yanāluhum naṣībuhum mina l-kitābi ḥattā idhā jāathum rusulunā yatawaffawnahum qālū ayna mā kuntum tadʿūna min dūni l-lahi qālū ḍallū ʿannā washahidū ʿalā anfusihim annahum kānū kāfirīna
English And who is more unjust than one who invents about Allāh a lie or denies His verses? Those will attain their portion of the decree until, when Our messengers [i.e., angels] come to them to take them in death, they will say, "Where are those you used to invoke besides Allāh?" They will say, "They have departed from us," and will bear witness against themselves that they were disbelievers.
- فَمَنْfamanThen who
- أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more unjust
- مِمَّنِmimmanithan (one) who
- ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvented
- عَلَىʿalāagainst
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- كَذِبًاkadhibana lie
- أَوْawor
- كَذَّبَkadhabadenies
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِهِۦٓ ۚbiāyātihiHis Verses
- أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
- يَنَالُهُمْyanāluhumwill reach them
- نَصِيبُهُمnaṣībuhumtheir portion
- مِّنَminafrom
- ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ ۖl-kitābithe Book
- حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
- إِذَاidhāwhen
- جَآءَتْهُمْjāathumcomes to them
- رُسُلُنَاrusulunāOur messengers (Angels)
- يَتَوَفَّوْنَهُمْyatawaffawnahum(to) take them in death
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey say
- أَيْنَaynaWhere are
- مَاmāthose (whom)
- كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
- تَدْعُونَtadʿūnainvoke
- مِنminfrom
- دُونِdūnibesides
- ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiAllah
- قَالُوا۟qālūThey say
- ضَلُّوا۟ḍallūThey strayed
- عَنَّاʿannāfrom us
- وَشَهِدُوا۟washahidūand they (will) testify
- عَلَىٰٓʿalāagainst
- أَنفُسِهِمْanfusihimthemselves
- أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they
- كَانُوا۟kānūwere
- كَـٰفِرِينَkāfirīnadisbelievers
Verse 38
قَالَ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ فِىٓ أُمَمٍ قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِكُم مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ فِى ٱلنَّارِ ۖ كُلَّمَا دَخَلَتْ أُمَّةٌ لَّعَنَتْ أُخْتَهَا ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا ٱدَّارَكُوا۟ فِيهَا جَمِيعًا قَالَتْ أُخْرَىٰهُمْ لِأُولَىٰهُمْ رَبَّنَا هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ أَضَلُّونَا فَـَٔاتِهِمْ عَذَابًا ضِعْفًا مِّنَ ٱلنَّارِ ۖ قَالَ لِكُلٍّ ضِعْفٌ وَلَـٰكِن لَّا تَعْلَمُونَ
Transliteration qāla ud'khulū fī umamin qad khalat min qablikum mina l-jini wal-insi fī l-nāri kullamā dakhalat ummatun laʿanat ukh'tahā ḥattā idhā iddārakū fīhā jamīʿan qālat ukh'rāhum liūlāhum rabbanā hāulāi aḍallūnā faātihim ʿadhāban ḍiʿ'fan mina l-nāri qāla likullin ḍiʿ'fun walākin lā taʿlamūna
English [Allāh] will say, "Enter among nations which had passed on before you of jinn and mankind into the Fire." Every time a nation enters, it will curse its sister until, when they have all overtaken one another therein, the last of them will say about the first of them, "Our Lord, these had misled us, so give them a double punishment of the Fire." He will say, "For each is double, but you do not know."
- قَالَqālaHe (will) say
- ٱدْخُلُوا۟ud'khulūEnter
- فِىٓfīamong
- أُمَمٍۢumamin(the) nations
- قَدْqad(who)
- خَلَتْkhalatpassed away
- مِنminfrom
- قَبْلِكُمqablikumbefore you
- مِّنَminaof
- ٱلْجِنِّl-jinithe jinn
- وَٱلْإِنسِwal-insiand the men
- فِىfīin
- ٱلنَّارِ ۖl-nārithe Fire
- كُلَّمَاkullamāEvery time
- دَخَلَتْdakhalatentered
- أُمَّةٌۭummatuna nation
- لَّعَنَتْlaʿanatit cursed
- أُخْتَهَا ۖukh'tahāits sister (nation)
- حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
- إِذَاidhāwhen
- ٱدَّارَكُوا۟iddārakūthey had overtaken one another
- فِيهَاfīhāin it
- جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall
- قَالَتْqālat(will) say
- أُخْرَىٰهُمْukh'rāhum(the) last of them
- لِأُولَىٰهُمْliūlāhumabout the first of them
- رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
- هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
- أَضَلُّونَاaḍallūnāmisled us
- فَـَٔاتِهِمْfaātihimso give them
- عَذَابًۭاʿadhābanpunishment
- ضِعْفًۭاḍiʿ'fandouble
- مِّنَminaof
- ٱلنَّارِ ۖl-nārithe Fire
- قَالَqālaHe (will) say
- لِكُلٍّۢlikullinFor each
- ضِعْفٌۭḍiʿ'fun(is) a double
- وَلَـٰكِنwalākin[and] but
- لَّاlānot
- تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou know
Verse 39
وَقَالَتْ أُولَىٰهُمْ لِأُخْرَىٰهُمْ فَمَا كَانَ لَكُمْ عَلَيْنَا مِن فَضْلٍ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْسِبُونَ
Transliteration waqālat ūlāhum li-ukh'rāhum famā kāna lakum ʿalaynā min faḍlin fadhūqū l-ʿadhāba bimā kuntum taksibūna
English And the first of them will say to the last of them, "Then you had not any favor over us, so taste the punishment for what you used to earn."
- وَقَالَتْwaqālatAnd (will) say
- أُولَىٰهُمْūlāhum(the) first of them
- لِأُخْرَىٰهُمْli-ukh'rāhumto (the) last of them
- فَمَاfamāThen not
- كَانَkānais
- لَكُمْlakumfor you
- عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon us
- مِنminany
- فَضْلٍۢfaḍlinsuperiority
- فَذُوقُوا۟fadhūqūso taste
- ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
- بِمَاbimāfor what
- كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
- تَكْسِبُونَtaksibūnaearn
Verse 40
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ عَنْهَا لَا تُفَتَّحُ لَهُمْ أَبْوَٰبُ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَلَا يَدْخُلُونَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ حَتَّىٰ يَلِجَ ٱلْجَمَلُ فِى سَمِّ ٱلْخِيَاطِ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ
Transliteration inna alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā wa-is'takbarū ʿanhā lā tufattaḥu lahum abwābu l-samāi walā yadkhulūna l-janata ḥattā yalija l-jamalu fī sammi l-khiyāṭi wakadhālika najzī l-muj'rimīna
English Indeed, those who deny Our verses and are arrogant toward them - the gates of Heaven will not be opened for them, nor will they enter Paradise until a camel enters into the eye of a needle [i.e., never]. And thus do We recompense the criminals.
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Verses
- وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟wa-is'takbarūand (were) arrogant
- عَنْهَاʿanhātowards them
- لَاlā(will) not
- تُفَتَّحُtufattaḥube opened
- لَهُمْlahumfor them
- أَبْوَٰبُabwābu(the) doors
- ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāi(of) the heaven
- وَلَاwalāand not
- يَدْخُلُونَyadkhulūnathey will enter
- ٱلْجَنَّةَl-janataParadise
- حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
- يَلِجَyalijapasses
- ٱلْجَمَلُl-jamaluthe camel
- فِىfīthrough
- سَمِّsammi(the) eye
- ٱلْخِيَاطِ ۚl-khiyāṭi(of) the needle
- وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
- نَجْزِىnajzīWe recompense
- ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīnathe criminals
Verse 41
لَهُم مِّن جَهَنَّمَ مِهَادٌ وَمِن فَوْقِهِمْ غَوَاشٍ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ
Transliteration lahum min jahannama mihādun wamin fawqihim ghawāshin wakadhālika najzī l-ẓālimīna
English They will have from Hell a bed and over them coverings [of fire]. And thus do We recompense the wrongdoers.
- لَهُمlahumFor them
- مِّنminof
- جَهَنَّمَjahannama(the) Hell
- مِهَادٌۭmihādun(is) a bed
- وَمِنwaminand from
- فَوْقِهِمْfawqihimover them
- غَوَاشٍۢ ۚghawāshincoverings
- وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
- نَجْزِىnajzīWe recompense
- ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
Verse 42
وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ لَا نُكَلِّفُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَآ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ هُمْ فِيهَا خَـٰلِدُونَ
Transliteration wa-alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti lā nukallifu nafsan illā wus'ʿahā ulāika aṣḥābu l-janati hum fīhā khālidūna
English But those who believed and did righteous deeds - We charge no soul except [within] its capacity. Those are the companions of Paradise; they will abide therein eternally.
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaBut those who
- ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
- وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
- ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥāti[the] righteous deeds
- لَاlānot
- نُكَلِّفُnukallifuWe burden
- نَفْسًاnafsanany soul
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- وُسْعَهَآwus'ʿahā(to) its capacity
- أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
- أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(are the) companions
- ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖl-janati(of) Paradise
- هُمْhumthey
- فِيهَاfīhāin it
- خَـٰلِدُونَkhālidūna(will) abide forever
Verse 43
وَنَزَعْنَا مَا فِى صُدُورِهِم مِّنْ غِلٍّ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهِمُ ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ ۖ وَقَالُوا۟ ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى هَدَىٰنَا لِهَـٰذَا وَمَا كُنَّا لِنَهْتَدِىَ لَوْلَآ أَنْ هَدَىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ ۖ لَقَدْ جَآءَتْ رُسُلُ رَبِّنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ وَنُودُوٓا۟ أَن تِلْكُمُ ٱلْجَنَّةُ أُورِثْتُمُوهَا بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ
Transliteration wanazaʿnā mā fī ṣudūrihim min ghillin tajrī min taḥtihimu l-anhāru waqālū l-ḥamdu lillahi alladhī hadānā lihādhā wamā kunnā linahtadiya lawlā an hadānā l-lahu laqad jāat rusulu rabbinā bil-ḥaqi wanūdū an til'kumu l-janatu ūrith'tumūhā bimā kuntum taʿmalūna
English And We will have removed whatever is within their breasts of resentment, [while] flowing beneath them are rivers. And they will say, "Praise to Allāh, who has guided us to this; and we would never have been guided if Allāh had not guided us. Certainly the messengers of our Lord had come with the truth." And they will be called, "This is Paradise, which you have been made to inherit for what you used to do."
- وَنَزَعْنَاwanazaʿnāAnd We will remove
- مَاmāwhatever
- فِىfī(is) in
- صُدُورِهِمṣudūrihimtheir breasts
- مِّنْminof
- غِلٍّۢghillinmalice
- تَجْرِىtajrīFlows
- مِنminfrom
- تَحْتِهِمُtaḥtihimuunderneath them
- ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ ۖl-anhāruthe rivers
- وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they will say
- ٱلْحَمْدُl-ḥamduAll the praise
- لِلَّهِlillahi(is) for Allah
- ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
- هَدَىٰنَاhadānāguided us
- لِهَـٰذَاlihādhāto this
- وَمَاwamāand not
- كُنَّاkunnāwe were
- لِنَهْتَدِىَlinahtadiyato receive guidance
- لَوْلَآlawlāif not
- أَنْan[that]
- هَدَىٰنَاhadānā(had) guided us
- ٱللَّهُ ۖl-lahuAllah
- لَقَدْlaqadCertainly
- جَآءَتْjāatcame
- رُسُلُrusuluMessengers
- رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
- بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖbil-ḥaqiwith the truth
- وَنُودُوٓا۟wanūdūAnd they will be addressed
- أَنan[that]
- تِلْكُمُtil'kumuThis
- ٱلْجَنَّةُl-janatu(is) Paradise
- أُورِثْتُمُوهَاūrith'tumūhāyou have been made to inherit it
- بِمَاbimāfor what
- كُنتُمْkuntumyou used to
- تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnado
Verse 44
وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلنَّارِ أَن قَدْ وَجَدْنَا مَا وَعَدَنَا رَبُّنَا حَقًّا فَهَلْ وَجَدتُّم مَّا وَعَدَ رَبُّكُمْ حَقًّا ۖ قَالُوا۟ نَعَمْ ۚ فَأَذَّنَ مُؤَذِّنٌۢ بَيْنَهُمْ أَن لَّعْنَةُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَى ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ
Transliteration wanādā aṣḥābu l-janati aṣḥāba l-nāri an qad wajadnā mā waʿadanā rabbunā ḥaqqan fahal wajadttum mā waʿada rabbukum ḥaqqan qālū naʿam fa-adhana mu-adhinun baynahum an laʿnatu l-lahi ʿalā l-ẓālimīna
English And the companions of Paradise will call out to the companions of the Fire, "We have already found what our Lord promised us to be true. Have you found what your Lord promised to be true?" They will say, "Yes." Then an announcer will announce among them, "The curse of Allāh shall be upon the wrongdoers
- وَنَادَىٰٓwanādāAnd will call out
- أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(the) companions
- ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janati(of) Paradise
- أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(to the) companions
- ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(of) the Fire
- أَنanthat
- قَدْqadIndeed
- وَجَدْنَاwajadnāwe found
- مَاmāwhat
- وَعَدَنَاwaʿadanā(had) promised us
- رَبُّنَاrabbunāour Lord
- حَقًّۭاḥaqqantrue
- فَهَلْfahalSo have
- وَجَدتُّمwajadttumyou found
- مَّاmāwhat
- وَعَدَwaʿada(was) promised
- رَبُّكُمْrabbukum(by) your Lord
- حَقًّۭا ۖḥaqqan(to be) true
- قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
- نَعَمْ ۚnaʿamYes
- فَأَذَّنَfa-adhanaThen will announce
- مُؤَذِّنٌۢmu-adhinunan announcer
- بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumamong them
- أَنan[that]
- لَّعْنَةُlaʿnatu(The) curse
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- عَلَىʿalā(is) on
- ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
Verse 45
ٱلَّذِينَ يَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًا وَهُم بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ كَـٰفِرُونَ
Transliteration alladhīna yaṣuddūna ʿan sabīli l-lahi wayabghūnahā ʿiwajan wahum bil-ākhirati kāfirūna
English Who averted [people] from the way of Allāh and sought to make it [seem] deviant while they were, concerning the Hereafter, disbelievers."
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
- يَصُدُّونَyaṣuddūnahinder
- عَنʿanfrom
- سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- وَيَبْغُونَهَاwayabghūnahāand seek in it
- عِوَجًۭاʿiwajancrookedness
- وَهُمwahumwhile they (are)
- بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiraticoncerning the Hereafter
- كَـٰفِرُونَkāfirūnadisbelievers
Verse 46
وَبَيْنَهُمَا حِجَابٌ ۚ وَعَلَى ٱلْأَعْرَافِ رِجَالٌ يَعْرِفُونَ كُلًّۢا بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ ۚ وَنَادَوْا۟ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَن سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ ۚ لَمْ يَدْخُلُوهَا وَهُمْ يَطْمَعُونَ
Transliteration wabaynahumā ḥijābun waʿalā l-aʿrāfi rijālun yaʿrifūna kullan bisīmāhum wanādaw aṣḥāba l-janati an salāmun ʿalaykum lam yadkhulūhā wahum yaṭmaʿūna
English And between them will be a partition [i.e., wall], and on [its] elevations are men who recognize all by their mark. And they call out to the companions of Paradise, "Peace be upon you." They have not [yet] entered it, but they long intensely.
- وَبَيْنَهُمَاwabaynahumāAnd between them
- حِجَابٌۭ ۚḥijābun(will be) a partition
- وَعَلَىwaʿalāand on
- ٱلْأَعْرَافِl-aʿrāfithe heights
- رِجَالٌۭrijālun(will be) men
- يَعْرِفُونَyaʿrifūnarecognizing
- كُلًّۢاkullanall
- بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ ۚbisīmāhumby their marks
- وَنَادَوْا۟wanādawAnd they will call out
- أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(to the) companions
- ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janati(of) Paradise
- أَنanthat
- سَلَـٰمٌsalāmunPeace
- عَلَيْكُمْ ۚʿalaykum(be) upon you
- لَمْlamNot
- يَدْخُلُوهَاyadkhulūhāthey have entered it
- وَهُمْwahumbut they
- يَطْمَعُونَyaṭmaʿūnahope
Verse 47
۞ وَإِذَا صُرِفَتْ أَبْصَـٰرُهُمْ تِلْقَآءَ أَصْحَـٰبِ ٱلنَّارِ قَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا لَا تَجْعَلْنَا مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ
Transliteration wa-idhā ṣurifat abṣāruhum til'qāa aṣḥābi l-nāri qālū rabbanā lā tajʿalnā maʿa l-qawmi l-ẓālimīna
English And when their eyes are turned toward the companions of the Fire, they say, "Our Lord, do not place us with the wrongdoing people."
- ۞ وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
- صُرِفَتْṣurifatare turned
- أَبْصَـٰرُهُمْabṣāruhumtheir eyes
- تِلْقَآءَtil'qāatowards
- أَصْحَـٰبِaṣḥābi(the) companions
- ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(of) the Fire
- قَالُوا۟qālūthey (will) say
- رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
- لَاlā(Do) not
- تَجْعَلْنَاtajʿalnāplace us
- مَعَmaʿawith
- ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
- ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
Verse 48
وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلْأَعْرَافِ رِجَالًا يَعْرِفُونَهُم بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ قَالُوا۟ مَآ أَغْنَىٰ عَنكُمْ جَمْعُكُمْ وَمَا كُنتُمْ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ
Transliteration wanādā aṣḥābu l-aʿrāfi rijālan yaʿrifūnahum bisīmāhum qālū mā aghnā ʿankum jamʿukum wamā kuntum tastakbirūna
English And the companions of the Elevations will call to men [within Hell] whom they recognize by their mark, saying, "Of no avail to you was your gathering and [the fact] that you were arrogant."
- وَنَادَىٰٓwanādāAnd (will) call out
- أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(the) companions
- ٱلْأَعْرَافِl-aʿrāfi(of) the heights
- رِجَالًۭاrijālan(to) men
- يَعْرِفُونَهُمyaʿrifūnahumwhom they recognize
- بِسِيمَىٰهُمْbisīmāhumby their marks
- قَالُوا۟qālūsaying
- مَآmāNot
- أَغْنَىٰaghnā(has) availed
- عَنكُمْʿankum[to] you
- جَمْعُكُمْjamʿukumyour gathering
- وَمَاwamāand what
- كُنتُمْkuntumyou were
- تَسْتَكْبِرُونَtastakbirūnaarrogant (about)
Verse 49
أَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلَّذِينَ أَقْسَمْتُمْ لَا يَنَالُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِرَحْمَةٍ ۚ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْجَنَّةَ لَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْكُمْ وَلَآ أَنتُمْ تَحْزَنُونَ
Transliteration ahāulāi alladhīna aqsamtum lā yanāluhumu l-lahu biraḥmatin ud'khulū l-janata lā khawfun ʿalaykum walā antum taḥzanūna
English [Allāh will say], "Are these the ones whom you [inhabitants of Hell] swore that Allāh would never offer them mercy? Enter Paradise, [O people of the Elevations]. No fear will there be concerning you, nor will you grieve."
- أَهَـٰٓؤُلَآءِahāulāiAre these
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathe ones whom
- أَقْسَمْتُمْaqsamtumyou had sworn
- لَاlā(that) not
- يَنَالُهُمُyanāluhumu(will) grant them
- ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
- بِرَحْمَةٍ ۚbiraḥmatinMercy
- ٱدْخُلُوا۟ud'khulūEnter
- ٱلْجَنَّةَl-janataParadise
- لَاlā(There will be) no
- خَوْفٌkhawfunfear
- عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
- وَلَآwalāand not
- أَنتُمْantumyou
- تَحْزَنُونَtaḥzanūnawill grieve
Verse 50
وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ أَصْحَـٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَنْ أَفِيضُوا۟ عَلَيْنَا مِنَ ٱلْمَآءِ أَوْ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۚ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ حَرَّمَهُمَا عَلَى ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ
Transliteration wanādā aṣḥābu l-nāri aṣḥāba l-janati an afīḍū ʿalaynā mina l-māi aw mimmā razaqakumu l-lahu qālū inna l-laha ḥarramahumā ʿalā l-kāfirīna
English And the companions of the Fire will call to the companions of Paradise, "Pour upon us some water or from whatever Allāh has provided you." They will say, "Indeed, Allāh has forbidden them both to the disbelievers
- وَنَادَىٰٓwanādāAnd (will) call out
- أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(the) companions
- ٱلنَّارِl-nāri(of) the Fire
- أَصْحَـٰبَaṣḥāba(to the) companions
- ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janati(of) Paradise
- أَنْan[that]
- أَفِيضُوا۟afīḍūPour
- عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon us
- مِنَmina[of]
- ٱلْمَآءِl-māi(some) water
- أَوْawor
- مِمَّاmimmāof what
- رَزَقَكُمُrazaqakumu(has been) provided (to) you
- ٱللَّهُ ۚl-lahu(by) Allah
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey (will) say
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
- حَرَّمَهُمَاḥarramahumāhas forbidden both
- عَلَىʿalāto
- ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers
Verse 51
ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لَهْوًا وَلَعِبًا وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ فَٱلْيَوْمَ نَنسَىٰهُمْ كَمَا نَسُوا۟ لِقَآءَ يَوْمِهِمْ هَـٰذَا وَمَا كَانُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا يَجْحَدُونَ
Transliteration alladhīna ittakhadhū dīnahum lahwan walaʿiban wagharrathumu l-ḥayatu l-dun'yā fal-yawma nansāhum kamā nasū liqāa yawmihim hādhā wamā kānū biāyātinā yajḥadūna
English Who took their religion as distraction and amusement and whom the worldly life deluded." So today We will forget them just as they forgot the meeting of this Day of theirs and for having rejected Our verses.
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
- ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtook
- دِينَهُمْdīnahumtheir religion
- لَهْوًۭاlahwan(as) an amusement
- وَلَعِبًۭاwalaʿibanand play
- وَغَرَّتْهُمُwagharrathumuand deluded them
- ٱلْحَيَوٰةُl-ḥayatuthe life
- ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
- فَٱلْيَوْمَfal-yawmaSo today
- نَنسَىٰهُمْnansāhumWe forget them
- كَمَاkamāas
- نَسُوا۟nasūthey forgot
- لِقَآءَliqāa(the) meeting
- يَوْمِهِمْyawmihim(of) their day
- هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
- وَمَاwamāand [what]
- كَانُوا۟kānū(as) they used to
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināwith Our Verses
- يَجْحَدُونَyajḥadūnathey reject
Verse 52
وَلَقَدْ جِئْنَـٰهُم بِكِتَـٰبٍ فَصَّلْنَـٰهُ عَلَىٰ عِلْمٍ هُدًى وَرَحْمَةً لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ
Transliteration walaqad ji'nāhum bikitābin faṣṣalnāhu ʿalā ʿil'min hudan waraḥmatan liqawmin yu'minūna
English And We had certainly brought them a Book which We detailed by knowledge - as guidance and mercy to a people who believe.
- وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
- جِئْنَـٰهُمji'nāhumWe had brought them
- بِكِتَـٰبٍۢbikitābina Book
- فَصَّلْنَـٰهُfaṣṣalnāhuwhich We have explained
- عَلَىٰʿalāwith
- عِلْمٍʿil'minknowledge
- هُدًۭىhudanas guidance
- وَرَحْمَةًۭwaraḥmatanand mercy
- لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
- يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawho believe
Verse 53
هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّا تَأْوِيلَهُۥ ۚ يَوْمَ يَأْتِى تَأْوِيلُهُۥ يَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ نَسُوهُ مِن قَبْلُ قَدْ جَآءَتْ رُسُلُ رَبِّنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ فَهَل لَّنَا مِن شُفَعَآءَ فَيَشْفَعُوا۟ لَنَآ أَوْ نُرَدُّ فَنَعْمَلَ غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى كُنَّا نَعْمَلُ ۚ قَدْ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ
Transliteration hal yanẓurūna illā tawīlahu yawma yatī tawīluhu yaqūlu alladhīna nasūhu min qablu qad jāat rusulu rabbinā bil-ḥaqi fahal lanā min shufaʿāa fayashfaʿū lanā aw nuraddu fanaʿmala ghayra alladhī kunnā naʿmalu qad khasirū anfusahum waḍalla ʿanhum mā kānū yaftarūna
English Do they await except its result? The Day its result comes, those who had ignored it before will say, "The messengers of our Lord had come with the truth, so are there [now] any intercessors to intercede for us or could we be sent back to do other than what we used to do?" They will have lost themselves, and lost from them is what they used to invent.
- هَلْhalDo
- يَنظُرُونَyanẓurūnathey wait
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- تَأْوِيلَهُۥ ۚtawīlahu(for) its fulfillment
- يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
- يَأْتِىyatī(will) come
- تَأْوِيلُهُۥtawīluhuits fulfillment
- يَقُولُyaqūluwill say
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- نَسُوهُnasūhuhad forgotten it
- مِنminfrom
- قَبْلُqablubefore
- قَدْqadVerily
- جَآءَتْjāathad come
- رُسُلُrusulu(the) Messengers
- رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
- بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiwith the truth
- فَهَلfahalso are (there)
- لَّنَاlanāfor us
- مِنminany
- شُفَعَآءَshufaʿāaintercessors
- فَيَشْفَعُوا۟fayashfaʿūso (that) they intercede
- لَنَآlanāfor us
- أَوْawor
- نُرَدُّnuradduwe are sent back
- فَنَعْمَلَfanaʿmalaso (that) we do (deeds)
- غَيْرَghayraother than
- ٱلَّذِىalladhīthat which
- كُنَّاkunnāwe used to
- نَعْمَلُ ۚnaʿmaludo
- قَدْqadVerily
- خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūthey lost
- أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
- وَضَلَّwaḍallaand strayed
- عَنْهُمʿanhumfrom them
- مَّاmāwhat
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
- يَفْتَرُونَyaftarūnainvent
Verse 54
إِنَّ رَبَّكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ فِى سِتَّةِ أَيَّامٍ ثُمَّ ٱسْتَوَىٰ عَلَى ٱلْعَرْشِ يُغْشِى ٱلَّيْلَ ٱلنَّهَارَ يَطْلُبُهُۥ حَثِيثًا وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ وَٱلنُّجُومَ مُسَخَّرَٰتٍۭ بِأَمْرِهِۦٓ ۗ أَلَا لَهُ ٱلْخَلْقُ وَٱلْأَمْرُ ۗ تَبَارَكَ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ
Transliteration inna rabbakumu l-lahu alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa fī sittati ayyāmin thumma is'tawā ʿalā l-ʿarshi yugh'shī al-layla l-nahāra yaṭlubuhu ḥathīthan wal-shamsa wal-qamara wal-nujūma musakharātin bi-amrihi alā lahu l-khalqu wal-amru tabāraka l-lahu rabbu l-ʿālamīna
English Indeed, your Lord is Allāh, who created the heavens and earth in six days and then established Himself above the Throne. He covers the night with the day, [another night] chasing it rapidly; and [He created] the sun, the moon, and the stars, subjected by His command. Unquestionably, His is the creation and the command; blessed is Allāh, Lord of the worlds.
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- رَبَّكُمُrabbakumuyour Lord
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
- ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
- خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
- ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
- وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
- فِىfīin
- سِتَّةِsittatisix
- أَيَّامٍۢayyāminepochs
- ثُمَّthummathen
- ٱسْتَوَىٰis'tawāHe ascended
- عَلَىʿalāon
- ٱلْعَرْشِl-ʿarshithe Throne
- يُغْشِىyugh'shīHe covers
- ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
- ٱلنَّهَارَl-nahāra(with) the day
- يَطْلُبُهُۥyaṭlubuhuseeking it
- حَثِيثًۭاḥathīthanrapidly
- وَٱلشَّمْسَwal-shamsaand the sun
- وَٱلْقَمَرَwal-qamaraand the moon
- وَٱلنُّجُومَwal-nujūmaand the stars
- مُسَخَّرَٰتٍۭmusakharātinsubjected
- بِأَمْرِهِۦٓ ۗbi-amrihiby His command
- أَلَاalāUnquestionably
- لَهُlahufor Him
- ٱلْخَلْقُl-khalqu(is) the creation
- وَٱلْأَمْرُ ۗwal-amruand the command
- تَبَارَكَtabārakablessed
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
- رَبُّrabbuLord
- ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds
Verse 55
ٱدْعُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ تَضَرُّعًا وَخُفْيَةً ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ
Transliteration id'ʿū rabbakum taḍarruʿan wakhuf'yatan innahu lā yuḥibbu l-muʿ'tadīna
English Call upon your Lord in humility and privately; indeed, He does not like transgressors.
- ٱدْعُوا۟id'ʿūCall upon
- رَبَّكُمْrabbakumyour Lord
- تَضَرُّعًۭاtaḍarruʿanhumbly
- وَخُفْيَةً ۚwakhuf'yatanand privately
- إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
- لَاlā(does) not
- يُحِبُّyuḥibbulove
- ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَl-muʿ'tadīnathe transgressors
Verse 56
وَلَا تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بَعْدَ إِصْلَـٰحِهَا وَٱدْعُوهُ خَوْفًا وَطَمَعًا ۚ إِنَّ رَحْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ قَرِيبٌ مِّنَ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ
Transliteration walā tuf'sidū fī l-arḍi baʿda iṣ'lāḥihā wa-id'ʿūhu khawfan waṭamaʿan inna raḥmata l-lahi qarībun mina l-muḥ'sinīna
English And cause not corruption upon the earth after its reformation. And invoke Him in fear and aspiration. Indeed, the mercy of Allāh is near to the doers of good.
- وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
- تُفْسِدُوا۟tuf'sidūcause corruption
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
- إِصْلَـٰحِهَاiṣ'lāḥihāits reformation
- وَٱدْعُوهُwa-id'ʿūhuAnd call Him
- خَوْفًۭاkhawfan(in) fear
- وَطَمَعًا ۚwaṭamaʿanand hope
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- رَحْمَتَraḥmata(the) Mercy
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- قَرِيبٌۭqarībun(is) near
- مِّنَminafor
- ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers
Verse 57
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يُرْسِلُ ٱلرِّيَـٰحَ بُشْرًۢا بَيْنَ يَدَىْ رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَآ أَقَلَّتْ سَحَابًا ثِقَالًا سُقْنَـٰهُ لِبَلَدٍ مَّيِّتٍ فَأَنزَلْنَا بِهِ ٱلْمَآءَ فَأَخْرَجْنَا بِهِۦ مِن كُلِّ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ
Transliteration wahuwa alladhī yur'silu l-riyāḥa bush'ran bayna yaday raḥmatihi ḥattā idhā aqallat saḥāban thiqālan suq'nāhu libaladin mayyitin fa-anzalnā bihi l-māa fa-akhrajnā bihi min kulli l-thamarāti kadhālika nukh'riju l-mawtā laʿallakum tadhakkarūna
English And it is He who sends the winds as good tidings before His mercy [i.e., rainfall] until, when they have carried heavy rainclouds, We drive them to a dead land and We send down rain therein and bring forth thereby [some] of all the fruits. Thus will We bring forth the dead; perhaps you may be reminded.
- وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
- ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
- يُرْسِلُyur'silusends
- ٱلرِّيَـٰحَl-riyāḥathe winds
- بُشْرًۢاbush'ran(as) glad tidings
- بَيْنَbaynafrom
- يَدَىْyadaybefore
- رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۖraḥmatihiHis Mercy
- حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
- إِذَآidhāwhen
- أَقَلَّتْaqallatthey have carried
- سَحَابًۭاsaḥābanclouds
- ثِقَالًۭاthiqālanheavy
- سُقْنَـٰهُsuq'nāhuWe drive them
- لِبَلَدٍۢlibaladinto a land
- مَّيِّتٍۢmayyitindead
- فَأَنزَلْنَاfa-anzalnāthen We send down
- بِهِbihifrom it
- ٱلْمَآءَl-māathe water
- فَأَخْرَجْنَاfa-akhrajnāthen We bring forth
- بِهِۦbihifrom it
- مِنmin(of)
- كُلِّkulliall (kinds)
- ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ ۚl-thamarāti(of) fruits
- كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
- نُخْرِجُnukh'rijuWe will bring forth
- ٱلْمَوْتَىٰl-mawtāthe dead
- لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
- تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnatake heed
Verse 58
وَٱلْبَلَدُ ٱلطَّيِّبُ يَخْرُجُ نَبَاتُهُۥ بِإِذْنِ رَبِّهِۦ ۖ وَٱلَّذِى خَبُثَ لَا يَخْرُجُ إِلَّا نَكِدًا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَشْكُرُونَ
Transliteration wal-baladu l-ṭayibu yakhruju nabātuhu bi-idh'ni rabbihi wa-alladhī khabutha lā yakhruju illā nakidan kadhālika nuṣarrifu l-āyāti liqawmin yashkurūna
English And the good land - its vegetation emerges by permission of its Lord; but that which is bad - nothing emerges except sparsely, with difficulty. Thus do We diversify the signs for a people who are grateful.
- وَٱلْبَلَدُwal-baladuAnd the land
- ٱلطَّيِّبُl-ṭayibu[the] pure
- يَخْرُجُyakhrujucomes forth
- نَبَاتُهُۥnabātuhuits vegetation
- بِإِذْنِbi-idh'niby (the) permission
- رَبِّهِۦ ۖrabbihi(of) its Lord
- وَٱلَّذِىwa-alladhībut which
- خَبُثَkhabuthais bad
- لَاlā(does) not
- يَخْرُجُyakhrujucome forth
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- نَكِدًۭا ۚnakidan(with) difficulty
- كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
- نُصَرِّفُnuṣarrifuWe explain
- ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Signs
- لِقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
- يَشْكُرُونَyashkurūnawho are grateful
Verse 59
لَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا نُوحًا إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ فَقَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ
Transliteration laqad arsalnā nūḥan ilā qawmihi faqāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu innī akhāfu ʿalaykum ʿadhāba yawmin ʿaẓīmin
English We had certainly sent Noah to his people, and he said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. Indeed, I fear for you the punishment of a tremendous Day."
- لَقَدْlaqadCertainly
- أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
- نُوحًاnūḥanNuh
- إِلَىٰilāto
- قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
- فَقَالَfaqālaand he said
- يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
- ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
- ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
- مَاmānot
- لَكُمlakumfor you
- مِّنْminany
- إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
- غَيْرُهُۥٓghayruhuother than Him
- إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
- أَخَافُakhāfu[I] fear
- عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumfor you
- عَذَابَʿadhābapunishment
- يَوْمٍyawmin(of the) Day
- عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīminGreat
Verse 60
قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّا لَنَرَىٰكَ فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ
Transliteration qāla l-mala-u min qawmihi innā lanarāka fī ḍalālin mubīnin
English Said the eminent among his people, "Indeed, we see you in clear error."
- قَالَqālaSaid
- ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
- مِنminof
- قَوْمِهِۦٓqawmihihis people
- إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
- لَنَرَىٰكَlanarākasurely see you
- فِىfīin
- ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinerror
- مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear
Verse 61
قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ لَيْسَ بِى ضَلَـٰلَةٌ وَلَـٰكِنِّى رَسُولٌ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ
Transliteration qāla yāqawmi laysa bī ḍalālatun walākinnī rasūlun min rabbi l-ʿālamīna
English [Noah] said, "O my people, there is not error in me, but I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds.
- قَالَqālaHe said
- يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
- لَيْسَlaysaThere is not
- بِىbīin me
- ضَلَـٰلَةٌۭḍalālatunerror
- وَلَـٰكِنِّىwalākinnībut I am
- رَسُولٌۭrasūluna Messenger
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّrabbi(the) Lord
- ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds
Verse 62
أُبَلِّغُكُمْ رِسَـٰلَـٰتِ رَبِّى وَأَنصَحُ لَكُمْ وَأَعْلَمُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ
Transliteration uballighukum risālāti rabbī wa-anṣaḥu lakum wa-aʿlamu mina l-lahi mā lā taʿlamūna
English I convey to you the messages of my Lord and advise you; and I know from Allāh what you do not know.
- أُبَلِّغُكُمْuballighukumI convey to you
- رِسَـٰلَـٰتِrisālātithe Messages
- رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
- وَأَنصَحُwa-anṣaḥuand [I] advise
- لَكُمْlakum[to] you
- وَأَعْلَمُwa-aʿlamuand I know
- مِنَminafrom
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- مَاmāwhat
- لَاlānot
- تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou know
Verse 63
أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ أَن جَآءَكُمْ ذِكْرٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَلَىٰ رَجُلٍ مِّنكُمْ لِيُنذِرَكُمْ وَلِتَتَّقُوا۟ وَلَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ
Transliteration awaʿajib'tum an jāakum dhik'run min rabbikum ʿalā rajulin minkum liyundhirakum walitattaqū walaʿallakum tur'ḥamūna
English Then do you wonder that there has come to you a reminder from your Lord through a man from among you, that he may warn you and that you may fear Allāh so you might receive mercy?"
- أَوَعَجِبْتُمْawaʿajib'tumDo you wonder
- أَنanthat
- جَآءَكُمْjāakumhas come to you
- ذِكْرٌۭdhik'runa reminder
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
- عَلَىٰʿalāon
- رَجُلٍۢrajulina man
- مِّنكُمْminkumamong you
- لِيُنذِرَكُمْliyundhirakumthat he may warn you
- وَلِتَتَّقُوا۟walitattaqūand that you may fear
- وَلَعَلَّكُمْwalaʿallakumand so that you may
- تُرْحَمُونَtur'ḥamūnareceive mercy
Verse 64
فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُ وَٱلَّذِينَ مَعَهُۥ فِى ٱلْفُلْكِ وَأَغْرَقْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا عَمِينَ
Transliteration fakadhabūhu fa-anjaynāhu wa-alladhīna maʿahu fī l-ful'ki wa-aghraqnā alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā innahum kānū qawman ʿamīna
English But they denied him, so We saved him and those who were with him in the ship. And We drowned those who denied Our signs. Indeed, they were a blind people.
- فَكَذَّبُوهُfakadhabūhuBut they denied him
- فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُfa-anjaynāhuso We saved him
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
- مَعَهُۥmaʿahu(were) with him
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْفُلْكِl-ful'kithe ship
- وَأَغْرَقْنَاwa-aghraqnāAnd We drowned
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ ۚbiāyātināOur Verses
- إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
- كَانُوا۟kānūwere
- قَوْمًاqawmana people
- عَمِينَʿamīnablind
Verse 65
۞ وَإِلَىٰ عَادٍ أَخَاهُمْ هُودًا ۗ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۚ أَفَلَا تَتَّقُونَ
Transliteration wa-ilā ʿādin akhāhum hūdan qāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu afalā tattaqūna
English And to the ʿAad [We sent] their brother Hūd. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. Then will you not fear Him?"
- ۞ وَإِلَىٰwa-ilāAnd to
- عَادٍʿādinAad
- أَخَاهُمْakhāhum(We sent) their brother
- هُودًۭا ۗhūdanHud
- قَالَqālaHe said
- يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
- ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
- ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
- مَاmānot
- لَكُمlakumfor you
- مِّنْminany
- إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
- غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۚghayruhuother than Him
- أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
- تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear (Allah)
Verse 66
قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّا لَنَرَىٰكَ فِى سَفَاهَةٍ وَإِنَّا لَنَظُنُّكَ مِنَ ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَ
Transliteration qāla l-mala-u alladhīna kafarū min qawmihi innā lanarāka fī safāhatin wa-innā lanaẓunnuka mina l-kādhibīna
English Said the eminent ones who disbelieved among his people, "Indeed, we see you in foolishness, and indeed, we think you are of the liars."
- قَالَqālaSaid
- ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
- كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
- مِنminfrom
- قَوْمِهِۦٓqawmihihis people
- إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
- لَنَرَىٰكَlanarākasurely, see you
- فِىfīin
- سَفَاهَةٍۢsafāhatinfoolishness
- وَإِنَّاwa-innāand indeed, we
- لَنَظُنُّكَlanaẓunnuka[we] think you
- مِنَmina(are) of
- ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَl-kādhibīnathe liars
Verse 67
قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ لَيْسَ بِى سَفَاهَةٌ وَلَـٰكِنِّى رَسُولٌ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ
Transliteration qāla yāqawmi laysa bī safāhatun walākinnī rasūlun min rabbi l-ʿālamīna
English [Hūd] said, "O my people, there is not foolishness in me, but I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds.
- قَالَqālaHe said
- يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
- لَيْسَlaysaThere is not
- بِىbīin me
- سَفَاهَةٌۭsafāhatunfoolishness
- وَلَـٰكِنِّىwalākinnībut I am
- رَسُولٌۭrasūluna Messenger
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّrabbi(the) Lord
- ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds
Verse 68
أُبَلِّغُكُمْ رِسَـٰلَـٰتِ رَبِّى وَأَنَا۠ لَكُمْ نَاصِحٌ أَمِينٌ
Transliteration uballighukum risālāti rabbī wa-anā lakum nāṣiḥun amīnun
English I convey to you the messages of my Lord, and I am to you a trustworthy adviser.
- أُبَلِّغُكُمْuballighukumI convey to you
- رِسَـٰلَـٰتِrisālātiMessages
- رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
- وَأَنَا۠wa-anāand I am
- لَكُمْlakumto you
- نَاصِحٌnāṣiḥunan adviser
- أَمِينٌamīnuntrustworthy
Verse 69
أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ أَن جَآءَكُمْ ذِكْرٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَلَىٰ رَجُلٍ مِّنكُمْ لِيُنذِرَكُمْ ۚ وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَعَلَكُمْ خُلَفَآءَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ قَوْمِ نُوحٍ وَزَادَكُمْ فِى ٱلْخَلْقِ بَصْۜطَةً ۖ فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ ءَالَآءَ ٱللَّهِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ
Transliteration awaʿajib'tum an jāakum dhik'run min rabbikum ʿalā rajulin minkum liyundhirakum wa-udh'kurū idh jaʿalakum khulafāa min baʿdi qawmi nūḥin wazādakum fī l-khalqi baṣ'ṭatan fa-udh'kurū ālāa l-lahi laʿallakum tuf'liḥūna
English Then do you wonder that there has come to you a reminder from your Lord through a man from among you, that he may warn you? And remember when He made you successors after the people of Noah and increased you in stature extensively. So remember the favors of Allāh that you might succeed."
- أَوَعَجِبْتُمْawaʿajib'tumDo you wonder
- أَنanthat
- جَآءَكُمْjāakumhas come to you
- ذِكْرٌۭdhik'runa reminder
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
- عَلَىٰʿalāon
- رَجُلٍۢrajulina man
- مِّنكُمْminkumamong you
- لِيُنذِرَكُمْ ۚliyundhirakumthat he may warn you
- وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟wa-udh'kurūAnd remember
- إِذْidhwhen
- جَعَلَكُمْjaʿalakumHe made you
- خُلَفَآءَkhulafāasuccessors
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
- قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
- نُوحٍۢnūḥin(of) Nuh
- وَزَادَكُمْwazādakumand increased you
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْخَلْقِl-khalqithe stature
- بَصْۜطَةًۭ ۖbaṣ'ṭatanextensively
- فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟fa-udh'kurūSo remember
- ءَالَآءَālāa(the) Bounties
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
- تُفْلِحُونَtuf'liḥūnasucceed
Verse 70
قَالُوٓا۟ أَجِئْتَنَا لِنَعْبُدَ ٱللَّهَ وَحْدَهُۥ وَنَذَرَ مَا كَانَ يَعْبُدُ ءَابَآؤُنَا ۖ فَأْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ
Transliteration qālū aji'tanā linaʿbuda l-laha waḥdahu wanadhara mā kāna yaʿbudu ābāunā fatinā bimā taʿidunā in kunta mina l-ṣādiqīna
English They said, "Have you come to us that we should worship Allāh alone and leave what our fathers have worshipped? Then bring us what you promise us, if you should be of the truthful."
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
- أَجِئْتَنَاaji'tanāHave you come to us
- لِنَعْبُدَlinaʿbudathat we (should) worship
- ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
- وَحْدَهُۥwaḥdahuAlone
- وَنَذَرَwanadharaand we forsake
- مَاmāwhat
- كَانَkānaused to
- يَعْبُدُyaʿbuduworship
- ءَابَآؤُنَا ۖābāunāour forefathers
- فَأْتِنَاfatināThen bring us
- بِمَاbimāof what
- تَعِدُنَآtaʿidunāyou promise us
- إِنinif
- كُنتَkuntayou are
- مِنَminaof
- ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful
Verse 71
قَالَ قَدْ وَقَعَ عَلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ رِجْسٌ وَغَضَبٌ ۖ أَتُجَـٰدِلُونَنِى فِىٓ أَسْمَآءٍ سَمَّيْتُمُوهَآ أَنتُمْ وَءَابَآؤُكُم مَّا نَزَّلَ ٱللَّهُ بِهَا مِن سُلْطَـٰنٍ ۚ فَٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟ إِنِّى مَعَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْمُنتَظِرِينَ
Transliteration qāla qad waqaʿa ʿalaykum min rabbikum rij'sun waghaḍabun atujādilūnanī fī asmāin sammaytumūhā antum waābāukum mā nazzala l-lahu bihā min sul'ṭānin fa-intaẓirū innī maʿakum mina l-muntaẓirīna
English [Hūd] said, "Already have defilement and anger fallen upon you from your Lord. Do you dispute with me concerning [mere] names you have named them, you and your fathers, for which Allāh has not sent down any authority? Then wait; indeed, I am with you among those who wait."
- قَالَqālaHe said
- قَدْqadVerily
- وَقَعَwaqaʿahas fallen
- عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumupon you
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
- رِجْسٌۭrij'sunpunishment
- وَغَضَبٌ ۖwaghaḍabunand anger
- أَتُجَـٰدِلُونَنِىatujādilūnanīDo you dispute with me
- فِىٓfīconcerning
- أَسْمَآءٍۢasmāinnames
- سَمَّيْتُمُوهَآsammaytumūhāyou have named them
- أَنتُمْantumyou
- وَءَابَآؤُكُمwaābāukumand your forefathers
- مَّاmāNot
- نَزَّلَnazzala(has been) sent down
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
- بِهَاbihāfor it
- مِنminany
- سُلْطَـٰنٍۢ ۚsul'ṭāninauthority
- فَٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟fa-intaẓirūThen wait
- إِنِّىinnīindeed, I am
- مَعَكُمmaʿakumwith you
- مِّنَminaof
- ٱلْمُنتَظِرِينَl-muntaẓirīnathe ones who wait
Verse 72
فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُ وَٱلَّذِينَ مَعَهُۥ بِرَحْمَةٍ مِّنَّا وَقَطَعْنَا دَابِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا ۖ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُؤْمِنِينَ
Transliteration fa-anjaynāhu wa-alladhīna maʿahu biraḥmatin minnā waqaṭaʿnā dābira alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā wamā kānū mu'minīna
English So We saved him and those with him by mercy from Us. And We eliminated those who denied Our signs, and they were not [at all] believers.
- فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُfa-anjaynāhuSo We saved him
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those
- مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith him
- بِرَحْمَةٍۢbiraḥmatinby Mercy
- مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
- وَقَطَعْنَاwaqaṭaʿnāAnd We cut off
- دَابِرَdābirathe roots
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا ۖbiāyātināOur Signs
- وَمَاwamāand not
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
- مُؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers
Verse 73
وَإِلَىٰ ثَمُودَ أَخَاهُمْ صَـٰلِحًا ۗ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ قَدْ جَآءَتْكُم بَيِّنَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ هَـٰذِهِۦ نَاقَةُ ٱللَّهِ لَكُمْ ءَايَةً ۖ فَذَرُوهَا تَأْكُلْ فِىٓ أَرْضِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَلَا تَمَسُّوهَا بِسُوٓءٍ فَيَأْخُذَكُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ
Transliteration wa-ilā thamūda akhāhum ṣāliḥan qāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu qad jāatkum bayyinatun min rabbikum hādhihi nāqatu l-lahi lakum āyatan fadharūhā takul fī arḍi l-lahi walā tamassūhā bisūin fayakhudhakum ʿadhābun alīmun
English And to the Thamūd [We sent] their brother Ṣāliḥ. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. There has come to you clear evidence from your Lord. This is the she-camel of Allāh [sent] to you as a sign. So leave her to eat within Allāh's land and do not touch her with harm, lest there seize you a painful punishment.
- وَإِلَىٰwa-ilāAnd to
- ثَمُودَthamūdaThamud
- أَخَاهُمْakhāhum(We sent) their brother
- صَـٰلِحًۭا ۗṣāliḥanSalih
- قَالَqālaHe said
- يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
- ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
- ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
- مَاmānot
- لَكُمlakumfor you
- مِّنْminany
- إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
- غَيْرُهُۥ ۖghayruhuother than Him
- قَدْqadVerily
- جَآءَتْكُمjāatkumhas come to you
- بَيِّنَةٌۭbayyinatuna clear proof
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّكُمْ ۖrabbikumyour Lord
- هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihiThis
- نَاقَةُnāqatu(is) a she-camel
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- لَكُمْlakum(it is) for you
- ءَايَةًۭ ۖāyatana Sign
- فَذَرُوهَاfadharūhāSo you leave her
- تَأْكُلْtakul(to) eat
- فِىٓfīon
- أَرْضِarḍi(the) earth
- ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahi(of) Allah
- وَلَاwalāand (do) not
- تَمَسُّوهَاtamassūhātouch her
- بِسُوٓءٍۢbisūinwith harm
- فَيَأْخُذَكُمْfayakhudhakumlest seizes you
- عَذَابٌʿadhābuna punishment
- أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful
Verse 74
وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَعَلَكُمْ خُلَفَآءَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ عَادٍ وَبَوَّأَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ تَتَّخِذُونَ مِن سُهُولِهَا قُصُورًا وَتَنْحِتُونَ ٱلْجِبَالَ بُيُوتًا ۖ فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ ءَالَآءَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا تَعْثَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُفْسِدِينَ
Transliteration wa-udh'kurū idh jaʿalakum khulafāa min baʿdi ʿādin wabawwa-akum fī l-arḍi tattakhidhūna min suhūlihā quṣūran watanḥitūna l-jibāla buyūtan fa-udh'kurū ālāa l-lahi walā taʿthaw fī l-arḍi muf'sidīna
English And remember when He made you successors after the ʿAad and settled you in the land, [and] you take for yourselves palaces from its plains and carve from the mountains, homes. Then remember the favors of Allāh and do not commit abuse on the earth, spreading corruption."
- وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟wa-udh'kurūAnd remember
- إِذْidhwhen
- جَعَلَكُمْjaʿalakumHe made you
- خُلَفَآءَkhulafāasuccessors
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
- عَادٍۢʿādinAad
- وَبَوَّأَكُمْwabawwa-akumand settled you
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- تَتَّخِذُونَtattakhidhūnaYou take
- مِنminfrom
- سُهُولِهَاsuhūlihāits plains
- قُصُورًۭاquṣūranpalaces
- وَتَنْحِتُونَwatanḥitūnaand you carve out
- ٱلْجِبَالَl-jibālathe mountains
- بُيُوتًۭا ۖbuyūtan(as) homes
- فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟fa-udh'kurūSo remember
- ءَالَآءَālāa(the) Bounties
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- وَلَاwalāand (do) not
- تَعْثَوْا۟taʿthawact wickedly
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍi(the) earth
- مُفْسِدِينَmuf'sidīnaspreading corruption
Verse 75
قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لِلَّذِينَ ٱسْتُضْعِفُوا۟ لِمَنْ ءَامَنَ مِنْهُمْ أَتَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّ صَـٰلِحًا مُّرْسَلٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ ۚ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِمَآ أُرْسِلَ بِهِۦ مُؤْمِنُونَ
Transliteration qāla l-mala-u alladhīna is'takbarū min qawmihi lilladhīna us'tuḍ'ʿifū liman āmana min'hum ataʿlamūna anna ṣāliḥan mur'salun min rabbihi qālū innā bimā ur'sila bihi mu'minūna
English Said the eminent ones who were arrogant among his people to those who were oppressed - to those who believed among them, "Do you [actually] know that Ṣāliḥ is sent from his Lord?" They said, "Indeed we, in that with which he was sent, are believers."
- قَالَqālaSaid
- ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna those
- ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟is'takbarū(who) were arrogant
- مِنminamong
- قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
- لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
- ٱسْتُضْعِفُوا۟us'tuḍ'ʿifūwere oppressed
- لِمَنْliman[to] those who
- ءَامَنَāmanabelieved
- مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
- أَتَعْلَمُونَataʿlamūnaDo you know
- أَنَّannathat
- صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanSalih
- مُّرْسَلٌۭmur'salun(is the) one sent
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّهِۦ ۚrabbihihis Lord
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
- إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
- بِمَآbimāin what
- أُرْسِلَur'silahe has been sent
- بِهِۦbihiwith [it]
- مُؤْمِنُونَmu'minūna(are) believers
Verse 76
قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِٱلَّذِىٓ ءَامَنتُم بِهِۦ كَـٰفِرُونَ
Transliteration qāla alladhīna is'takbarū innā bi-alladhī āmantum bihi kāfirūna
English Said those who were arrogant, "Indeed we, in that which you have believed, are disbelievers."
- قَالَqālaSaid
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- ٱسْتَكْبَرُوٓا۟is'takbarūwere arrogant
- إِنَّاinnāIndeed we
- بِٱلَّذِىٓbi-alladhīin that which
- ءَامَنتُمāmantumyou believe
- بِهِۦbihiin it
- كَـٰفِرُونَkāfirūna(are) disbelievers
Verse 77
فَعَقَرُوا۟ ٱلنَّاقَةَ وَعَتَوْا۟ عَنْ أَمْرِ رَبِّهِمْ وَقَالُوا۟ يَـٰصَـٰلِحُ ٱئْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
Transliteration faʿaqarū l-nāqata waʿataw ʿan amri rabbihim waqālū yāṣāliḥu i'tinā bimā taʿidunā in kunta mina l-mur'salīna
English So they hamstrung the she-camel and were insolent toward the command of their Lord and said, "O Ṣāliḥ, bring us what you promise us, if you should be of the messengers."
- فَعَقَرُوا۟faʿaqarūThen they hamstrung
- ٱلنَّاقَةَl-nāqatathe she-camel
- وَعَتَوْا۟waʿatawand (were) insolent
- عَنْʿantowards
- أَمْرِamri(the) command
- رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
- وَقَالُوا۟waqālūand they said
- يَـٰصَـٰلِحُyāṣāliḥuO Salih
- ٱئْتِنَاi'tināBring us
- بِمَاbimāwhat
- تَعِدُنَآtaʿidunāyou promise us
- إِنinif
- كُنتَkuntayou are
- مِنَminaof
- ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnathe Messengers
Verse 78
فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دَارِهِمْ جَـٰثِمِينَ
Transliteration fa-akhadhathumu l-rajfatu fa-aṣbaḥū fī dārihim jāthimīna
English So the earthquake seized them, and they became within their home [corpses] fallen prone.
- فَأَخَذَتْهُمُfa-akhadhathumuSo seized them
- ٱلرَّجْفَةُl-rajfatuthe earthquake
- فَأَصْبَحُوا۟fa-aṣbaḥūthen they became
- فِىfīin
- دَارِهِمْdārihimtheir homes
- جَـٰثِمِينَjāthimīnafallen prone
Verse 79
فَتَوَلَّىٰ عَنْهُمْ وَقَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ لَقَدْ أَبْلَغْتُكُمْ رِسَالَةَ رَبِّى وَنَصَحْتُ لَكُمْ وَلَـٰكِن لَّا تُحِبُّونَ ٱلنَّـٰصِحِينَ
Transliteration fatawallā ʿanhum waqāla yāqawmi laqad ablaghtukum risālata rabbī wanaṣaḥtu lakum walākin lā tuḥibbūna l-nāṣiḥīna
English And he [i.e., Ṣāliḥ] turned away from them and said, "O my people, I had certainly conveyed to you the message of my Lord and advised you, but you do not like advisors."
- فَتَوَلَّىٰfatawallāSo he turned away
- عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
- وَقَالَwaqālaand he said
- يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
- لَقَدْlaqadVerily
- أَبْلَغْتُكُمْablaghtukumI have conveyed to you
- رِسَالَةَrisālata(the) Message
- رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
- وَنَصَحْتُwanaṣaḥtuand [I] advised
- لَكُمْlakum[to] you
- وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
- لَّاlānot
- تُحِبُّونَtuḥibbūnayou like
- ٱلنَّـٰصِحِينَl-nāṣiḥīnathe advisers
Verse 80
وَلُوطًا إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ أَتَأْتُونَ ٱلْفَـٰحِشَةَ مَا سَبَقَكُم بِهَا مِنْ أَحَدٍ مِّنَ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ
Transliteration walūṭan idh qāla liqawmihi atatūna l-fāḥishata mā sabaqakum bihā min aḥadin mina l-ʿālamīna
English And [We had sent] Lot when he said to his people, "Do you commit such immorality as no one has preceded you with from among the worlds [i.e., peoples]?
- وَلُوطًاwalūṭanAnd Lut
- إِذْidhwhen
- قَالَqālahe said
- لِقَوْمِهِۦٓliqawmihito his people
- أَتَأْتُونَatatūnaDo you commit
- ٱلْفَـٰحِشَةَl-fāḥishata(such) immorality
- مَاmānot
- سَبَقَكُمsabaqakumhas preceded you
- بِهَاbihātherein
- مِنْminany
- أَحَدٍۢaḥadinone
- مِّنَminaof
- ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds
Verse 81
إِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ ٱلرِّجَالَ شَهْوَةً مِّن دُونِ ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۚ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌ مُّسْرِفُونَ
Transliteration innakum latatūna l-rijāla shahwatan min dūni l-nisāi bal antum qawmun mus'rifūna
English Indeed, you approach men with desire, instead of women. Rather, you are a transgressing people."
- إِنَّكُمْinnakumIndeed, you
- لَتَأْتُونَlatatūnayou approach
- ٱلرِّجَالَl-rijālathe men
- شَهْوَةًۭshahwatanlustfully
- مِّنminfrom
- دُونِdūniinstead of
- ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۚl-nisāithe women
- بَلْbalNay
- أَنتُمْantumyou
- قَوْمٌۭqawmun(are) a people
- مُّسْرِفُونَmus'rifūna(who) commit excesses
Verse 82
وَمَا كَانَ جَوَابَ قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ أَخْرِجُوهُم مِّن قَرْيَتِكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ أُنَاسٌ يَتَطَهَّرُونَ
Transliteration wamā kāna jawāba qawmihi illā an qālū akhrijūhum min qaryatikum innahum unāsun yataṭahharūna
English But the answer of his people was only that they said, "Evict them from your city! Indeed, they are men who keep themselves pure."
- وَمَاwamāAnd not
- كَانَkānawas
- جَوَابَjawāba(the) answer
- قَوْمِهِۦٓqawmihi(of) his people
- إِلَّآillāexcept
- أَنanthat
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūthey said
- أَخْرِجُوهُمakhrijūhumDrive them out
- مِّنminof
- قَرْيَتِكُمْ ۖqaryatikumyour town
- إِنَّهُمْinnahumIndeed, they
- أُنَاسٌۭunāsun(are) people
- يَتَطَهَّرُونَyataṭahharūnawho keep themselves pure
Verse 83
فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ إِلَّا ٱمْرَأَتَهُۥ كَانَتْ مِنَ ٱلْغَـٰبِرِينَ
Transliteration fa-anjaynāhu wa-ahlahu illā im'ra-atahu kānat mina l-ghābirīna
English So We saved him and his family, except for his wife; she was of those who remained [with the evildoers].
- فَأَنجَيْنَـٰهُfa-anjaynāhuSo We saved him
- وَأَهْلَهُۥٓwa-ahlahuand his family
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- ٱمْرَأَتَهُۥim'ra-atahuhis wife
- كَانَتْkānatshe was
- مِنَminaof
- ٱلْغَـٰبِرِينَl-ghābirīnathose who stayed behind
Verse 84
وَأَمْطَرْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّطَرًا ۖ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ
Transliteration wa-amṭarnā ʿalayhim maṭaran fa-unẓur kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-muj'rimīna
English And We rained upon them a rain [of stones]. Then see how was the end of the criminals.
- وَأَمْطَرْنَاwa-amṭarnāAnd We showered
- عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimupon them
- مَّطَرًۭا ۖmaṭarana rain
- فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurSo see
- كَيْفَkayfahow
- كَانَkānawas
- عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
- ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَl-muj'rimīna(of) the criminals
Verse 85
وَإِلَىٰ مَدْيَنَ أَخَاهُمْ شُعَيْبًا ۗ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ قَدْ جَآءَتْكُم بَيِّنَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ فَأَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ وَلَا تَبْخَسُوا۟ ٱلنَّاسَ أَشْيَآءَهُمْ وَلَا تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بَعْدَ إِصْلَـٰحِهَا ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
Transliteration wa-ilā madyana akhāhum shuʿayban qāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu qad jāatkum bayyinatun min rabbikum fa-awfū l-kayla wal-mīzāna walā tabkhasū l-nāsa ashyāahum walā tuf'sidū fī l-arḍi baʿda iṣ'lāḥihā dhālikum khayrun lakum in kuntum mu'minīna
English And to [the people of] Madyan [We sent] their brother Shuʿayb. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. There has come to you clear evidence from your Lord. So fulfill the measure and weight and do not deprive people of their due and cause not corruption upon the earth after its reformation. That is better for you, if you should be believers.
- وَإِلَىٰwa-ilāAnd to
- مَدْيَنَmadyanaMadyan
- أَخَاهُمْakhāhumhis brother
- شُعَيْبًۭا ۗshuʿaybanShuaib
- قَالَqālaHe said
- يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
- ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
- ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
- مَاmānot
- لَكُمlakumfor you
- مِّنْminany
- إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
- غَيْرُهُۥ ۖghayruhuother than Him
- قَدْqadVerily
- جَآءَتْكُمjāatkumhas came to you
- بَيِّنَةٌۭbayyinatuna clear proof
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّكُمْ ۖrabbikumyour Lord
- فَأَوْفُوا۟fa-awfūSo give full
- ٱلْكَيْلَl-kayla[the] measure
- وَٱلْمِيزَانَwal-mīzānaand the weight
- وَلَاwalāand (do) not
- تَبْخَسُوا۟tabkhasūdeprive
- ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsa[the] people
- أَشْيَآءَهُمْashyāahumin their things
- وَلَاwalāand (do) not
- تُفْسِدُوا۟tuf'sidūcause corruption
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
- إِصْلَـٰحِهَا ۚiṣ'lāḥihāits reformation
- ذَٰلِكُمْdhālikumThat
- خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
- لَّكُمْlakumfor you
- إِنinif
- كُنتُمkuntumyou are
- مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers
Verse 86
وَلَا تَقْعُدُوا۟ بِكُلِّ صِرَٰطٍ تُوعِدُونَ وَتَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ مَنْ ءَامَنَ بِهِۦ وَتَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًا ۚ وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ كُنتُمْ قَلِيلًا فَكَثَّرَكُمْ ۖ وَٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ
Transliteration walā taqʿudū bikulli ṣirāṭin tūʿidūna wataṣuddūna ʿan sabīli l-lahi man āmana bihi watabghūnahā ʿiwajan wa-udh'kurū idh kuntum qalīlan fakatharakum wa-unẓurū kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-muf'sidīna
English And do not sit on every path, threatening and averting from the way of Allāh those who believe in Him, seeking to make it [seem] deviant. And remember when you were few and He increased you. And see how was the end of the corrupters.
- وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
- تَقْعُدُوا۟taqʿudūsit
- بِكُلِّbikullion every
- صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭinpath
- تُوعِدُونَtūʿidūnathreatening
- وَتَصُدُّونَwataṣuddūnaand hindering
- عَنʿanfrom
- سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- مَنْman(those) who
- ءَامَنَāmanabelieve
- بِهِۦbihiin Him
- وَتَبْغُونَهَاwatabghūnahāand seeking (to make) it
- عِوَجًۭا ۚʿiwajancrooked
- وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟wa-udh'kurūAnd remember
- إِذْidhwhen
- كُنتُمْkuntumyou were
- قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanfew
- فَكَثَّرَكُمْ ۖfakatharakumand He increased you
- وَٱنظُرُوا۟wa-unẓurūAnd see
- كَيْفَkayfahow
- كَانَkānawas
- عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
- ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَl-muf'sidīna(of) the corrupters
Verse 87
وَإِن كَانَ طَآئِفَةٌ مِّنكُمْ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱلَّذِىٓ أُرْسِلْتُ بِهِۦ وَطَآئِفَةٌ لَّمْ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ فَٱصْبِرُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يَحْكُمَ ٱللَّهُ بَيْنَنَا ۚ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلْحَـٰكِمِينَ
Transliteration wa-in kāna ṭāifatun minkum āmanū bi-alladhī ur'sil'tu bihi waṭāifatun lam yu'minū fa-iṣ'birū ḥattā yaḥkuma l-lahu baynanā wahuwa khayru l-ḥākimīna
English And if there should be a group among you who has believed in that with which I have been sent and a group that has not believed, then be patient until Allāh judges between us. And He is the best of judges."
- وَإِنwa-inAnd if
- كَانَkāna(there) is
- طَآئِفَةٌۭṭāifatuna group
- مِّنكُمْminkumamong you
- ءَامَنُوا۟āmanū(who has) believed
- بِٱلَّذِىٓbi-alladhīin that which
- أُرْسِلْتُur'sil'tuI have been sent
- بِهِۦbihiwith [it]
- وَطَآئِفَةٌۭwaṭāifatunand a group
- لَّمْlamnot
- يُؤْمِنُوا۟yu'minūthey believe
- فَٱصْبِرُوا۟fa-iṣ'birūthen be patient
- حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
- يَحْكُمَyaḥkumajudges
- ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
- بَيْنَنَا ۚbaynanābetween us
- وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
- خَيْرُkhayru(is the) Best
- ٱلْحَـٰكِمِينَl-ḥākimīna(of) [the] Judges
Verse 88
۞ قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لَنُخْرِجَنَّكَ يَـٰشُعَيْبُ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَعَكَ مِن قَرْيَتِنَآ أَوْ لَتَعُودُنَّ فِى مِلَّتِنَا ۚ قَالَ أَوَلَوْ كُنَّا كَـٰرِهِينَ
Transliteration qāla l-mala-u alladhīna is'takbarū min qawmihi lanukh'rijannaka yāshuʿaybu wa-alladhīna āmanū maʿaka min qaryatinā aw lataʿūdunna fī millatinā qāla awalaw kunnā kārihīna
English Said the eminent ones who were arrogant among his people, "We will surely evict you, O Shuʿayb, and those who have believed with you from our city, or you must return to our religion." He said, "Even if we were unwilling?
- ۞ قَالَqālaSaid
- ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
- ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟is'takbarūwere arrogant
- مِنminamong
- قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
- لَنُخْرِجَنَّكَlanukh'rijannakaWe will surely drive you out
- يَـٰشُعَيْبُyāshuʿaybuO Shuaib
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
- ءَامَنُوا۟āmanū(have) believed
- مَعَكَmaʿakawith you
- مِنminfrom
- قَرْيَتِنَآqaryatināour city
- أَوْawor
- لَتَعُودُنَّlataʿūdunnayou must return
- فِىfīto
- مِلَّتِنَا ۚmillatināour religion
- قَالَqālaHe said
- أَوَلَوْawalawEven if
- كُنَّاkunnāwe are
- كَـٰرِهِينَkārihīna(the) ones who hate (it)
Verse 89
قَدِ ٱفْتَرَيْنَا عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا إِنْ عُدْنَا فِى مِلَّتِكُم بَعْدَ إِذْ نَجَّىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ مِنْهَا ۚ وَمَا يَكُونُ لَنَآ أَن نَّعُودَ فِيهَآ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّنَا ۚ وَسِعَ رَبُّنَا كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عِلْمًا ۚ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ تَوَكَّلْنَا ۚ رَبَّنَا ٱفْتَحْ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ قَوْمِنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلْفَـٰتِحِينَ
Transliteration qadi if'taraynā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban in ʿud'nā fī millatikum baʿda idh najjānā l-lahu min'hā wamā yakūnu lanā an naʿūda fīhā illā an yashāa l-lahu rabbunā wasiʿa rabbunā kulla shayin ʿil'man ʿalā l-lahi tawakkalnā rabbanā if'taḥ baynanā wabayna qawminā bil-ḥaqi wa-anta khayru l-fātiḥīna
English We would have invented against Allāh a lie if we returned to your religion after Allāh had saved us from it. And it is not for us to return to it except that Allāh, our Lord, should will. Our Lord has encompassed all things in knowledge. Upon Allāh we have relied. Our Lord, decide between us and our people in truth, and You are the best of those who give decision."
- قَدِqadiVerily
- ٱفْتَرَيْنَاif'taraynāwe would have fabricated
- عَلَىʿalāagainst
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- كَذِبًاkadhibana lie
- إِنْinif
- عُدْنَاʿud'nāwe returned
- فِىfīin
- مِلَّتِكُمmillatikumyour religion
- بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
- إِذْidh[when]
- نَجَّىٰنَاnajjānāsaved us
- ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
- مِنْهَا ۚmin'hāfrom it
- وَمَاwamāAnd not
- يَكُونُyakūnuit is
- لَنَآlanāfor us
- أَنanthat
- نَّعُودَnaʿūdawe return
- فِيهَآfīhāin it
- إِلَّآillāexcept
- أَنanthat
- يَشَآءَyashāawills
- ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
- رَبُّنَا ۚrabbunāour Lord
- وَسِعَwasiʿaEncompasses
- رَبُّنَاrabbunā(by) Our Lord
- كُلَّkullaevery
- شَىْءٍshayinthing
- عِلْمًا ۚʿil'man(in) knowledge
- عَلَىʿalāUpon
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- تَوَكَّلْنَا ۚtawakkalnāwe put our trust
- رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
- ٱفْتَحْif'taḥDecide
- بَيْنَنَاbaynanābetween us
- وَبَيْنَwabaynaand between
- قَوْمِنَاqawmināour people
- بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiin truth
- وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
- خَيْرُkhayru(are the) Best
- ٱلْفَـٰتِحِينَl-fātiḥīna(of) those who Decide
Verse 90
وَقَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لَئِنِ ٱتَّبَعْتُمْ شُعَيْبًا إِنَّكُمْ إِذًا لَّخَـٰسِرُونَ
Transliteration waqāla l-mala-u alladhīna kafarū min qawmihi la-ini ittabaʿtum shuʿayban innakum idhan lakhāsirūna
English Said the eminent ones who disbelieved among his people, "If you should follow Shuʿayb, indeed, you would then be losers."
- وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
- ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
- كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
- مِنminamong
- قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
- لَئِنِla-iniIf
- ٱتَّبَعْتُمْittabaʿtumyou follow
- شُعَيْبًاshuʿaybanShuaib
- إِنَّكُمْinnakumindeed, you
- إِذًۭاidhanthen
- لَّخَـٰسِرُونَlakhāsirūna(will be) certainly losers
Verse 91
فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دَارِهِمْ جَـٰثِمِينَ
Transliteration fa-akhadhathumu l-rajfatu fa-aṣbaḥū fī dārihim jāthimīna
English So the earthquake seized them, and they became within their home [corpses] fallen prone.
- فَأَخَذَتْهُمُfa-akhadhathumuThen seized them
- ٱلرَّجْفَةُl-rajfatuthe earthquake
- فَأَصْبَحُوا۟fa-aṣbaḥūthen they became
- فِىfīin
- دَارِهِمْdārihimtheir home(s)
- جَـٰثِمِينَjāthimīnafallen prone
Verse 92
ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ شُعَيْبًا كَأَن لَّمْ يَغْنَوْا۟ فِيهَا ۚ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ شُعَيْبًا كَانُوا۟ هُمُ ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَ
Transliteration alladhīna kadhabū shuʿayban ka-an lam yaghnaw fīhā alladhīna kadhabū shuʿayban kānū humu l-khāsirīna
English Those who denied Shuʿayb - it was as though they had never resided there. Those who denied Shuʿayb - it was they who were the losers.
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- شُعَيْبًۭاshuʿaybanShuaib
- كَأَنka-an(became) as if
- لَّمْlamnot
- يَغْنَوْا۟yaghnawthey (had) lived
- فِيهَا ۚfīhātherein
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- شُعَيْبًۭاshuʿaybanShuaib
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
- هُمُhumuthem
- ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَl-khāsirīnathe losers
Verse 93
فَتَوَلَّىٰ عَنْهُمْ وَقَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ لَقَدْ أَبْلَغْتُكُمْ رِسَـٰلَـٰتِ رَبِّى وَنَصَحْتُ لَكُمْ ۖ فَكَيْفَ ءَاسَىٰ عَلَىٰ قَوْمٍ كَـٰفِرِينَ
Transliteration fatawallā ʿanhum waqāla yāqawmi laqad ablaghtukum risālāti rabbī wanaṣaḥtu lakum fakayfa āsā ʿalā qawmin kāfirīna
English And he [i.e., Shuʿayb] turned away from them and said, "O my people, I had certainly conveyed to you the messages of my Lord and advised you, so how could I grieve for a disbelieving people?"
- فَتَوَلَّىٰfatawallāSo he turned away
- عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
- وَقَالَwaqālaand said
- يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
- لَقَدْlaqadVerily
- أَبْلَغْتُكُمْablaghtukumI (have) conveyed to you
- رِسَـٰلَـٰتِrisālāti(the) Messages
- رَبِّىrabbī(of) my Lord
- وَنَصَحْتُwanaṣaḥtuand advised
- لَكُمْ ۖlakum[to] you
- فَكَيْفَfakayfaSo how could
- ءَاسَىٰāsāI grieve
- عَلَىٰʿalāfor
- قَوْمٍۢqawmina people
- كَـٰفِرِينَkāfirīna(who are) disbelievers
Verse 94
وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا فِى قَرْيَةٍ مِّن نَّبِىٍّ إِلَّآ أَخَذْنَآ أَهْلَهَا بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَضَّرَّعُونَ
Transliteration wamā arsalnā fī qaryatin min nabiyyin illā akhadhnā ahlahā bil-basāi wal-ḍarāi laʿallahum yaḍḍarraʿūna
English And We sent to no city a prophet [who was denied] except that We seized its people with poverty and hardship that they might humble themselves [to Allāh].
- وَمَآwamāAnd not
- أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
- فِىfīin
- قَرْيَةٍۢqaryatina city
- مِّنminany
- نَّبِىٍّnabiyyinProphet
- إِلَّآillāexcept
- أَخَذْنَآakhadhnāWe seized
- أَهْلَهَاahlahāits people
- بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِbil-basāiwith adversity
- وَٱلضَّرَّآءِwal-ḍarāiand hardship
- لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
- يَضَّرَّعُونَyaḍḍarraʿūna(become) humble
Verse 95
ثُمَّ بَدَّلْنَا مَكَانَ ٱلسَّيِّئَةِ ٱلْحَسَنَةَ حَتَّىٰ عَفَوا۟ وَّقَالُوا۟ قَدْ مَسَّ ءَابَآءَنَا ٱلضَّرَّآءُ وَٱلسَّرَّآءُ فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُم بَغْتَةً وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ
Transliteration thumma baddalnā makāna l-sayi-ati l-ḥasanata ḥattā ʿafaw waqālū qad massa ābāanā l-ḍarāu wal-sarāu fa-akhadhnāhum baghtatan wahum lā yashʿurūna
English Then We exchanged in place of the bad [condition], good, until they increased [and prospered] and said, "Our fathers [also] were touched with hardship and ease." So We seized them suddenly while they did not perceive.
- ثُمَّthummaThen
- بَدَّلْنَاbaddalnāWe changed
- مَكَانَmakāna(in) place
- ٱلسَّيِّئَةِl-sayi-ati(of) the bad
- ٱلْحَسَنَةَl-ḥasanatathe good
- حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
- عَفَوا۟ʿafawthey increased
- وَّقَالُوا۟waqālūand said
- قَدْqadVerily
- مَسَّmassa(had) touched
- ءَابَآءَنَاābāanāour forefathers
- ٱلضَّرَّآءُl-ḍarāuthe adversity
- وَٱلسَّرَّآءُwal-sarāuand the ease
- فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُمfa-akhadhnāhumSo We seized them
- بَغْتَةًۭbaghtatansuddenly
- وَهُمْwahumwhile they
- لَاlā(did) not
- يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnaperceive
Verse 96
وَلَوْ أَنَّ أَهْلَ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱتَّقَوْا۟ لَفَتَحْنَا عَلَيْهِم بَرَكَـٰتٍ مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَـٰكِن كَذَّبُوا۟ فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ
Transliteration walaw anna ahla l-qurā āmanū wa-ittaqaw lafataḥnā ʿalayhim barakātin mina l-samāi wal-arḍi walākin kadhabū fa-akhadhnāhum bimā kānū yaksibūna
English And if only the people of the cities had believed and feared Allāh, We would have opened [i.e., bestowed] upon them blessings from the heaven and the earth; but they denied [the messengers], so We seized them for what they were earning.
- وَلَوْwalawAnd if
- أَنَّanna[that]
- أَهْلَahlapeople
- ٱلْقُرَىٰٓl-qurā(of) the cities
- ءَامَنُوا۟āmanū(had) believed
- وَٱتَّقَوْا۟wa-ittaqawand feared Allah
- لَفَتَحْنَاlafataḥnāsurely We (would have) opened
- عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimupon them
- بَرَكَـٰتٍۢbarakātinblessings
- مِّنَminafrom
- ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe heaven
- وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
- وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūthey denied
- فَأَخَذْنَـٰهُمfa-akhadhnāhumSo We seized them
- بِمَاbimāfor what
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
- يَكْسِبُونَyaksibūnaearn
Verse 97
أَفَأَمِنَ أَهْلُ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتِيَهُم بَأْسُنَا بَيَـٰتًا وَهُمْ نَآئِمُونَ
Transliteration afa-amina ahlu l-qurā an yatiyahum basunā bayātan wahum nāimūna
English Then, did the people of the cities feel secure from Our punishment coming to them at night while they were asleep?
- أَفَأَمِنَafa-aminaThen did feel secure
- أَهْلُahlu(the) people
- ٱلْقُرَىٰٓl-qurā(of) the cities
- أَنanthat
- يَأْتِيَهُمyatiyahumcomes to them
- بَأْسُنَاbasunāOur punishment
- بَيَـٰتًۭاbayātan(at) night
- وَهُمْwahumwhile they
- نَآئِمُونَnāimūna(were) asleep
Verse 98
أَوَأَمِنَ أَهْلُ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتِيَهُم بَأْسُنَا ضُحًى وَهُمْ يَلْعَبُونَ
Transliteration awa-amina ahlu l-qurā an yatiyahum basunā ḍuḥan wahum yalʿabūna
English Or did the people of the cities feel secure from Our punishment coming to them in the morning while they were at play?
- أَوَأَمِنَawa-aminaOr felt secure
- أَهْلُahlu(the) people
- ٱلْقُرَىٰٓl-qurā(of) the cities
- أَنanthat
- يَأْتِيَهُمyatiyahumcomes to them
- بَأْسُنَاbasunāOur punishment
- ضُحًۭىḍuḥan(in) daylight
- وَهُمْwahumwhile they
- يَلْعَبُونَyalʿabūna(were) playing
Verse 99
أَفَأَمِنُوا۟ مَكْرَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ فَلَا يَأْمَنُ مَكْرَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلْخَـٰسِرُونَ
Transliteration afa-aminū makra l-lahi falā yamanu makra l-lahi illā l-qawmu l-khāsirūna
English Then, did they feel secure from the plan of Allāh? But no one feels secure from the plan of Allāh except the losing people.
- أَفَأَمِنُوا۟afa-aminūThen did they feel secure
- مَكْرَmakra(from the) plan
- ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahi(of) Allah
- فَلَاfalāBut not
- يَأْمَنُyamanufeel secure
- مَكْرَmakra(from the) plan
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- ٱلْقَوْمُl-qawmuthe people
- ٱلْخَـٰسِرُونَl-khāsirūna(who are) the losers
Verse 100
أَوَلَمْ يَهْدِ لِلَّذِينَ يَرِثُونَ ٱلْأَرْضَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ أَهْلِهَآ أَن لَّوْ نَشَآءُ أَصَبْنَـٰهُم بِذُنُوبِهِمْ ۚ وَنَطْبَعُ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ فَهُمْ لَا يَسْمَعُونَ
Transliteration awalam yahdi lilladhīna yarithūna l-arḍa min baʿdi ahlihā an law nashāu aṣabnāhum bidhunūbihim wanaṭbaʿu ʿalā qulūbihim fahum lā yasmaʿūna
English Has it not become clear to those who inherited the earth after its [previous] people that if We willed, We could afflict them for their sins? But We seal over their hearts so they do not hear.
- أَوَلَمْawalamWould it not
- يَهْدِyahdiguide
- لِلَّذِينَlilladhīna[for] those who
- يَرِثُونَyarithūnainherit
- ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe land
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
- أَهْلِهَآahlihāits people
- أَنanthat
- لَّوْlawif
- نَشَآءُnashāuWe willed
- أَصَبْنَـٰهُمaṣabnāhumWe (could) afflict them
- بِذُنُوبِهِمْ ۚbidhunūbihimfor their sins
- وَنَطْبَعُwanaṭbaʿuand We put a seal
- عَلَىٰʿalāover
- قُلُوبِهِمْqulūbihimtheir hearts
- فَهُمْfahumso they
- لَاlā(do) not
- يَسْمَعُونَyasmaʿūnahear
Verse 101
تِلْكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ نَقُصُّ عَلَيْكَ مِنْ أَنۢبَآئِهَا ۚ وَلَقَدْ جَآءَتْهُمْ رُسُلُهُم بِٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِ فَمَا كَانُوا۟ لِيُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِمَا كَذَّبُوا۟ مِن قَبْلُ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يَطْبَعُ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِ ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ
Transliteration til'ka l-qurā naquṣṣu ʿalayka min anbāihā walaqad jāathum rusuluhum bil-bayināti famā kānū liyu'minū bimā kadhabū min qablu kadhālika yaṭbaʿu l-lahu ʿalā qulūbi l-kāfirīna
English Those cities - We relate to you, [O Muḥammad], some of their news. And certainly did their messengers come to them with clear proofs, but they were not to believe in that which they had denied before. Thus does Allāh seal over the hearts of the disbelievers.
- تِلْكَtil'kaThese
- ٱلْقُرَىٰl-qurā(were) the cities
- نَقُصُّnaquṣṣuWe relate
- عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
- مِنْminof
- أَنۢبَآئِهَا ۚanbāihātheir news
- وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
- جَآءَتْهُمْjāathumcame to them
- رُسُلُهُمrusuluhumtheir Messengers
- بِٱلْبَيِّنَـٰتِbil-bayinātiwith clear proofs
- فَمَاfamābut not
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
- لِيُؤْمِنُوا۟liyu'minūto believe
- بِمَاbimāin what
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūthey (had) denied
- مِنminfrom
- قَبْلُ ۚqablubefore
- كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
- يَطْبَعُyaṭbaʿu(has been) put a seal
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
- عَلَىٰʿalāon
- قُلُوبِqulūbi(the) hearts
- ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīna(of) the disbelievers
Verse 102
وَمَا وَجَدْنَا لِأَكْثَرِهِم مِّنْ عَهْدٍ ۖ وَإِن وَجَدْنَآ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَفَـٰسِقِينَ
Transliteration wamā wajadnā li-aktharihim min ʿahdin wa-in wajadnā aktharahum lafāsiqīna
English And We did not find for most of them any covenant; but indeed, We found most of them defiantly disobedient.
- وَمَاwamāAnd not
- وَجَدْنَاwajadnāWe found
- لِأَكْثَرِهِمli-aktharihimfor most of them
- مِّنْminany
- عَهْدٍۢ ۖʿahdincovenant
- وَإِنwa-inBut
- وَجَدْنَآwajadnāWe found
- أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
- لَفَـٰسِقِينَlafāsiqīnacertainly, defiantly disobedient
Verse 103
ثُمَّ بَعَثْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِم مُّوسَىٰ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦ فَظَلَمُوا۟ بِهَا ۖ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَـٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ
Transliteration thumma baʿathnā min baʿdihim mūsā biāyātinā ilā fir'ʿawna wamala-ihi faẓalamū bihā fa-unẓur kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-muf'sidīna
English Then We sent after them Moses with Our signs to Pharaoh and his establishment, but they were unjust toward them. So see how was the end of the corrupters.
- ثُمَّthummaThen
- بَعَثْنَاbaʿathnāWe sent
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِهِمbaʿdihimafter them
- مُّوسَىٰmūsāMusa
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَآbiāyātināwith Our Signs
- إِلَىٰilāto
- فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawnaFiraun
- وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦwamala-ihiand his chiefs
- فَظَلَمُوا۟faẓalamūBut they were unjust
- بِهَا ۖbihāto them
- فَٱنظُرْfa-unẓurSo see
- كَيْفَkayfahow
- كَانَkānawas
- عَـٰقِبَةُʿāqibatu(the) end
- ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَl-muf'sidīna(of) the corrupters
Verse 104
وَقَالَ مُوسَىٰ يَـٰفِرْعَوْنُ إِنِّى رَسُولٌ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ
Transliteration waqāla mūsā yāfir'ʿawnu innī rasūlun min rabbi l-ʿālamīna
English And Moses said, "O Pharaoh, I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds
- وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
- مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
- يَـٰفِرْعَوْنُyāfir'ʿawnuO Firaun
- إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
- رَسُولٌۭrasūluna Messenger
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّrabbi(the) Lord
- ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds
Verse 105
حَقِيقٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَن لَّآ أَقُولَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْحَقَّ ۚ قَدْ جِئْتُكُم بِبَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ فَأَرْسِلْ مَعِىَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ
Transliteration ḥaqīqun ʿalā an lā aqūla ʿalā l-lahi illā l-ḥaqa qad ji'tukum bibayyinatin min rabbikum fa-arsil maʿiya banī is'rāīla
English [Who is] obligated not to say about Allāh except the truth. I have come to you with clear evidence from your Lord, so send with me the Children of Israel."
- حَقِيقٌḥaqīqunObligated
- عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
- أَنanthat
- لَّآlānot
- أَقُولَaqūlaI say
- عَلَىʿalāabout
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- ٱلْحَقَّ ۚl-ḥaqathe truth
- قَدْqadVerily
- جِئْتُكُمji'tukumI (have) come to you
- بِبَيِّنَةٍۢbibayyinatinwith a clear Sign
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
- فَأَرْسِلْfa-arsilso send
- مَعِىَmaʿiyawith me
- بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
- إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel
Verse 106
قَالَ إِن كُنتَ جِئْتَ بِـَٔايَةٍ فَأْتِ بِهَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ
Transliteration qāla in kunta ji'ta biāyatin fati bihā in kunta mina l-ṣādiqīna
English [Pharaoh] said, "If you have come with a sign, then bring it forth, if you should be of the truthful."
- قَالَqālaHe said
- إِنinIf
- كُنتَkuntayou have
- جِئْتَji'tacome
- بِـَٔايَةٍۢbiāyatinwith a Sign
- فَأْتِfatithen bring
- بِهَآbihāit
- إِنinif
- كُنتَkuntayou are
- مِنَminaof
- ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful
Verse 107
فَأَلْقَىٰ عَصَاهُ فَإِذَا هِىَ ثُعْبَانٌ مُّبِينٌ
Transliteration fa-alqā ʿaṣāhu fa-idhā hiya thuʿ'bānun mubīnun
English So he [i.e., Moses] threw his staff, and suddenly it was a serpent, manifest.
- فَأَلْقَىٰfa-alqāSo he threw
- عَصَاهُʿaṣāhuhis staff
- فَإِذَاfa-idhāand suddenly
- هِىَhiyait
- ثُعْبَانٌۭthuʿ'bānun(was) a serpent
- مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunmanifest
Verse 108
وَنَزَعَ يَدَهُۥ فَإِذَا هِىَ بَيْضَآءُ لِلنَّـٰظِرِينَ
Transliteration wanazaʿa yadahu fa-idhā hiya bayḍāu lilnnāẓirīna
English And he drew out his hand; thereupon it was white [with radiance] for the observers.
- وَنَزَعَwanazaʿaAnd he drew out
- يَدَهُۥyadahuhis hand
- فَإِذَاfa-idhāand suddenly
- هِىَhiyait
- بَيْضَآءُbayḍāu(was) white
- لِلنَّـٰظِرِينَlilnnāẓirīnafor the observers
Verse 109
قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِ فِرْعَوْنَ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَسَـٰحِرٌ عَلِيمٌ
Transliteration qāla l-mala-u min qawmi fir'ʿawna inna hādhā lasāḥirun ʿalīmun
English Said the eminent among the people of Pharaoh, "Indeed, this is a learned magician
- قَالَqālaSaid
- ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
- مِنminof
- قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
- فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
- لَسَـٰحِرٌlasāḥirun(is) surely a magician
- عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunlearned
Verse 110
يُرِيدُ أَن يُخْرِجَكُم مِّنْ أَرْضِكُمْ ۖ فَمَاذَا تَأْمُرُونَ
Transliteration yurīdu an yukh'rijakum min arḍikum famādhā tamurūna
English Who wants to expel you from your land [through magic], so what do you instruct?"
- يُرِيدُyurīduHe wants
- أَنanto
- يُخْرِجَكُمyukh'rijakumdrive you out
- مِّنْminfrom
- أَرْضِكُمْ ۖarḍikumyour land
- فَمَاذَاfamādhāso what
- تَأْمُرُونَtamurūna(do) you instruct
Verse 111
قَالُوٓا۟ أَرْجِهْ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَرْسِلْ فِى ٱلْمَدَآئِنِ حَـٰشِرِينَ
Transliteration qālū arjih wa-akhāhu wa-arsil fī l-madāini ḥāshirīna
English They said, "Postpone [the matter of] him and his brother and send among the cities gatherers
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
- أَرْجِهْarjihPostpone him
- وَأَخَاهُwa-akhāhuand his brother
- وَأَرْسِلْwa-arsiland send
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْمَدَآئِنِl-madāinithe cities
- حَـٰشِرِينَḥāshirīnagatherers
Verse 112
يَأْتُوكَ بِكُلِّ سَـٰحِرٍ عَلِيمٍ
Transliteration yatūka bikulli sāḥirin ʿalīmin
English Who will bring you every learned magician."
- يَأْتُوكَyatūkaThey (will) bring to you
- بِكُلِّbikulli[with] every
- سَـٰحِرٍsāḥirinmagician
- عَلِيمٍۢʿalīminlearned
Verse 113
وَجَآءَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ فِرْعَوْنَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ لَنَا لَأَجْرًا إِن كُنَّا نَحْنُ ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَ
Transliteration wajāa l-saḥaratu fir'ʿawna qālū inna lanā la-ajran in kunnā naḥnu l-ghālibīna
English And the magicians came to Pharaoh. They said, "Indeed for us is a reward if we are the predominant."
- وَجَآءَwajāaSo came
- ٱلسَّحَرَةُl-saḥaratuthe magicians
- فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(to) Firaun
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- لَنَاlanāfor us
- لَأَجْرًاla-ajransurely (will be) a reward
- إِنinif
- كُنَّاkunnāwe are
- نَحْنُnaḥnu[we]
- ٱلْغَـٰلِبِينَl-ghālibīnathe victors
Verse 114
قَالَ نَعَمْ وَإِنَّكُمْ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَ
Transliteration qāla naʿam wa-innakum lamina l-muqarabīna
English He said, "Yes, and, [moreover], you will be among those made near [to me]."
- قَالَqālaHe said
- نَعَمْnaʿamYes
- وَإِنَّكُمْwa-innakumand indeed you
- لَمِنَlaminasurely (will be) of
- ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَl-muqarabīnathe ones who are near
Verse 115
قَالُوا۟ يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِمَّآ أَن تُلْقِىَ وَإِمَّآ أَن نَّكُونَ نَحْنُ ٱلْمُلْقِينَ
Transliteration qālū yāmūsā immā an tul'qiya wa-immā an nakūna naḥnu l-mul'qīna
English They said, "O Moses, either you throw [your staff], or we will be the ones to throw [first]."
- قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
- يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓyāmūsāO Musa
- إِمَّآimmāWhether
- أَنan[that]
- تُلْقِىَtul'qiyayou throw
- وَإِمَّآwa-immāor Whether
- أَنan[that]
- نَّكُونَnakūnawe will be
- نَحْنُnaḥnu[we]
- ٱلْمُلْقِينَl-mul'qīnathe ones to throw
Verse 116
قَالَ أَلْقُوا۟ ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَلْقَوْا۟ سَحَرُوٓا۟ أَعْيُنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَٱسْتَرْهَبُوهُمْ وَجَآءُو بِسِحْرٍ عَظِيمٍ
Transliteration qāla alqū falammā alqaw saḥarū aʿyuna l-nāsi wa-is'tarhabūhum wajāū bisiḥ'rin ʿaẓīmin
English He said, "Throw," and when they threw, they bewitched the eyes of the people and struck terror into them, and they presented a great [feat of] magic.
- قَالَqālaHe said
- أَلْقُوا۟ ۖalqūThrow
- فَلَمَّآfalammāThen when
- أَلْقَوْا۟alqawthey threw
- سَحَرُوٓا۟saḥarūthey bewitched
- أَعْيُنَaʿyuna(the) eyes
- ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the people
- وَٱسْتَرْهَبُوهُمْwa-is'tarhabūhumand terrified them
- وَجَآءُوwajāūand came (up)
- بِسِحْرٍbisiḥ'rinwith a magic
- عَظِيمٍۢʿaẓīmingreat
Verse 117
۞ وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنْ أَلْقِ عَصَاكَ ۖ فَإِذَا هِىَ تَلْقَفُ مَا يَأْفِكُونَ
Transliteration wa-awḥaynā ilā mūsā an alqi ʿaṣāka fa-idhā hiya talqafu mā yafikūna
English And We inspired to Moses, "Throw your staff," and at once it devoured what they were falsifying.
- ۞ وَأَوْحَيْنَآwa-awḥaynāAnd We inspired
- إِلَىٰilāto
- مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
- أَنْanthat
- أَلْقِalqiThrow
- عَصَاكَ ۖʿaṣākayour staff
- فَإِذَاfa-idhāand suddenly
- هِىَhiyait
- تَلْقَفُtalqafuswallow(ed)
- مَاmāwhat
- يَأْفِكُونَyafikūnathey (were) falsifying
Verse 118
فَوَقَعَ ٱلْحَقُّ وَبَطَلَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
Transliteration fawaqaʿa l-ḥaqu wabaṭala mā kānū yaʿmalūna
English So the truth was established, and abolished was what they were doing.
- فَوَقَعَfawaqaʿaSo was established
- ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquthe truth
- وَبَطَلَwabaṭalaand became futile
- مَاmāwhat
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
- يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado
Verse 119
فَغُلِبُوا۟ هُنَالِكَ وَٱنقَلَبُوا۟ صَـٰغِرِينَ
Transliteration faghulibū hunālika wa-inqalabū ṣāghirīna
English And they [i.e., Pharaoh and his people] were overcome right there and became debased.
- فَغُلِبُوا۟faghulibūSo they were defeated
- هُنَالِكَhunālikathere
- وَٱنقَلَبُوا۟wa-inqalabūand returned
- صَـٰغِرِينَṣāghirīnahumiliated
Verse 120
وَأُلْقِىَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ سَـٰجِدِينَ
Transliteration wa-ul'qiya l-saḥaratu sājidīna
English And the magicians fell down in prostration [to Allāh].
- وَأُلْقِىَwa-ul'qiyaAnd fell down
- ٱلسَّحَرَةُl-saḥaratuthe magicians
- سَـٰجِدِينَsājidīnaprostrate
Verse 121
قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِرَبِّ ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ
Transliteration qālū āmannā birabbi l-ʿālamīna
English They said, "We have believed in the Lord of the worlds,
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
- ءَامَنَّاāmannāWe believe
- بِرَبِّbirabbiin (the) Lord
- ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīna(of) the worlds
Verse 122
رَبِّ مُوسَىٰ وَهَـٰرُونَ
Transliteration rabbi mūsā wahārūna
English The Lord of Moses and Aaron."
- رَبِّrabbiLord
- مُوسَىٰmūsā(of) Musa
- وَهَـٰرُونَwahārūnaand Harun
Verse 123
قَالَ فِرْعَوْنُ ءَامَنتُم بِهِۦ قَبْلَ أَنْ ءَاذَنَ لَكُمْ ۖ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَمَكْرٌ مَّكَرْتُمُوهُ فِى ٱلْمَدِينَةِ لِتُخْرِجُوا۟ مِنْهَآ أَهْلَهَا ۖ فَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ
Transliteration qāla fir'ʿawnu āmantum bihi qabla an ādhana lakum inna hādhā lamakrun makartumūhu fī l-madīnati litukh'rijū min'hā ahlahā fasawfa taʿlamūna
English Said Pharaoh, "You believed in him before I gave you permission. Indeed, this is a conspiracy which you conspired in the city to expel therefrom its people. But you are going to know.
- قَالَqālaSaid
- فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
- ءَامَنتُمāmantumYou believed
- بِهِۦbihiin him
- قَبْلَqablabefore
- أَنْan[that]
- ءَاذَنَādhanaI give permission
- لَكُمْ ۖlakumto you
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
- لَمَكْرٌۭlamakrun(is) surely a plot
- مَّكَرْتُمُوهُmakartumūhuyou have plotted it
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْمَدِينَةِl-madīnatithe city
- لِتُخْرِجُوا۟litukh'rijūso that you may drive out
- مِنْهَآmin'hāfrom it
- أَهْلَهَا ۖahlahāits people
- فَسَوْفَfasawfaBut soon
- تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou will know
Verse 124
لَأُقَطِّعَنَّ أَيْدِيَكُمْ وَأَرْجُلَكُم مِّنْ خِلَـٰفٍ ثُمَّ لَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ
Transliteration la-uqaṭṭiʿanna aydiyakum wa-arjulakum min khilāfin thumma la-uṣallibannakum ajmaʿīna
English I will surely cut off your hands and your feet on opposite sides; then I will surely crucify you all."
- لَأُقَطِّعَنَّla-uqaṭṭiʿannaI will surely cut off
- أَيْدِيَكُمْaydiyakumyour hands
- وَأَرْجُلَكُمwa-arjulakumand your feet
- مِّنْminof
- خِلَـٰفٍۢkhilāfinopposite (sides)
- ثُمَّthummaThen
- لَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْla-uṣallibannakumI will surely crucify you
- أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall
Verse 125
قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّآ إِلَىٰ رَبِّنَا مُنقَلِبُونَ
Transliteration qālū innā ilā rabbinā munqalibūna
English They said, "Indeed, to our Lord we will return.
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
- إِنَّآinnāIndeed, we
- إِلَىٰilāto
- رَبِّنَاrabbināour Lord
- مُنقَلِبُونَmunqalibūna(will) return
Verse 126
وَمَا تَنقِمُ مِنَّآ إِلَّآ أَنْ ءَامَنَّا بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّنَا لَمَّا جَآءَتْنَا ۚ رَبَّنَآ أَفْرِغْ عَلَيْنَا صَبْرًا وَتَوَفَّنَا مُسْلِمِينَ
Transliteration wamā tanqimu minnā illā an āmannā biāyāti rabbinā lammā jāatnā rabbanā afrigh ʿalaynā ṣabran watawaffanā mus'limīna
English And you do not resent us except because we believed in the signs of our Lord when they came to us. Our Lord, pour upon us patience and let us die as Muslims [in submission to You]."
- وَمَاwamāAnd not
- تَنقِمُtanqimuyou take revenge
- مِنَّآminnāfrom us
- إِلَّآillāexcept
- أَنْanthat
- ءَامَنَّاāmannāwe believed
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātiin (the) Signs
- رَبِّنَاrabbinā(of) our Lord
- لَمَّاlammāwhen
- جَآءَتْنَا ۚjāatnāthey came to us
- رَبَّنَآrabbanāOur Lord
- أَفْرِغْafrighPour
- عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon us
- صَبْرًۭاṣabranpatience
- وَتَوَفَّنَاwatawaffanāand cause us to die
- مُسْلِمِينَmus'limīna(as) Muslims
Verse 127
وَقَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِ فِرْعَوْنَ أَتَذَرُ مُوسَىٰ وَقَوْمَهُۥ لِيُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَيَذَرَكَ وَءَالِهَتَكَ ۚ قَالَ سَنُقَتِّلُ أَبْنَآءَهُمْ وَنَسْتَحْىِۦ نِسَآءَهُمْ وَإِنَّا فَوْقَهُمْ قَـٰهِرُونَ
Transliteration waqāla l-mala-u min qawmi fir'ʿawna atadharu mūsā waqawmahu liyuf'sidū fī l-arḍi wayadharaka waālihataka qāla sanuqattilu abnāahum wanastaḥyī nisāahum wa-innā fawqahum qāhirūna
English And the eminent among the people of Pharaoh said, "Will you leave Moses and his people to cause corruption in the land and abandon you and your gods?" [Pharaoh] said, "We will kill their sons and keep their women alive; and indeed, we are subjugators over them."
- وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
- ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
- مِنminof
- قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
- فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
- أَتَذَرُatadharuWill you leave
- مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
- وَقَوْمَهُۥwaqawmahuand his people
- لِيُفْسِدُوا۟liyuf'sidūso that they cause corruption
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- وَيَذَرَكَwayadharakaand forsake you
- وَءَالِهَتَكَ ۚwaālihatakaand your gods
- قَالَqālaHe said
- سَنُقَتِّلُsanuqattiluWe will kill
- أَبْنَآءَهُمْabnāahumtheir sons
- وَنَسْتَحْىِۦwanastaḥyīand we will let live
- نِسَآءَهُمْnisāahumtheir women
- وَإِنَّاwa-innāand indeed, we
- فَوْقَهُمْfawqahumover them
- قَـٰهِرُونَqāhirūna(are) subjugators
Verse 128
قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِقَوْمِهِ ٱسْتَعِينُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱصْبِرُوٓا۟ ۖ إِنَّ ٱلْأَرْضَ لِلَّهِ يُورِثُهَا مَن يَشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ ۖ وَٱلْعَـٰقِبَةُ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ
Transliteration qāla mūsā liqawmihi is'taʿīnū bil-lahi wa-iṣ'birū inna l-arḍa lillahi yūrithuhā man yashāu min ʿibādihi wal-ʿāqibatu lil'muttaqīna
English Said Moses to his people, "Seek help through Allāh and be patient. Indeed, the earth belongs to Allāh. He causes to inherit it whom He wills of His servants. And the [best] outcome is for the righteous."
- قَالَqālaSaid
- مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
- لِقَوْمِهِliqawmihito his people
- ٱسْتَعِينُوا۟is'taʿīnūSeek help
- بِٱللَّهِbil-lahifrom Allah
- وَٱصْبِرُوٓا۟ ۖwa-iṣ'birūand be patient
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- ٱلْأَرْضَl-arḍathe earth
- لِلَّهِlillahi(belongs) to Allah
- يُورِثُهَاyūrithuhāHe causes to inherit it
- مَنmanwhom
- يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
- مِنْminof
- عِبَادِهِۦ ۖʿibādihiHis servants
- وَٱلْعَـٰقِبَةُwal-ʿāqibatuAnd the end
- لِلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīna(is) for the righteous
Verse 129
قَالُوٓا۟ أُوذِينَا مِن قَبْلِ أَن تَأْتِيَنَا وَمِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جِئْتَنَا ۚ قَالَ عَسَىٰ رَبُّكُمْ أَن يُهْلِكَ عَدُوَّكُمْ وَيَسْتَخْلِفَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَيَنظُرَ كَيْفَ تَعْمَلُونَ
Transliteration qālū ūdhīnā min qabli an tatiyanā wamin baʿdi mā ji'tanā qāla ʿasā rabbukum an yuh'lika ʿaduwwakum wayastakhlifakum fī l-arḍi fayanẓura kayfa taʿmalūna
English They said, "We have been harmed before you came to us and after you have come to us." He said, "Perhaps your Lord will destroy your enemy and grant you succession in the land and see how you will do."
- قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
- أُوذِينَاūdhīnāWe have been harmed
- مِنminfrom
- قَبْلِqablibefore
- أَنan[that]
- تَأْتِيَنَاtatiyanāyou came to us
- وَمِنۢwaminfrom
- بَعْدِbaʿdiand after
- مَاmā[what]
- جِئْتَنَا ۚji'tanāyou have come to us
- قَالَqālaHe said
- عَسَىٰʿasāPerhaps
- رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
- أَنan[that]
- يُهْلِكَyuh'likawill destroy
- عَدُوَّكُمْʿaduwwakumyour enemy
- وَيَسْتَخْلِفَكُمْwayastakhlifakumand make you successors
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- فَيَنظُرَfayanẓurathen see
- كَيْفَkayfahow
- تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou will do
Verse 130
وَلَقَدْ أَخَذْنَآ ءَالَ فِرْعَوْنَ بِٱلسِّنِينَ وَنَقْصٍ مِّنَ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَذَّكَّرُونَ
Transliteration walaqad akhadhnā āla fir'ʿawna bil-sinīna wanaqṣin mina l-thamarāti laʿallahum yadhakkarūna
English And We certainly seized the people of Pharaoh with years of famine and a deficiency in fruits that perhaps they would be reminded.
- وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
- أَخَذْنَآakhadhnāWe seized
- ءَالَāla(the) people
- فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
- بِٱلسِّنِينَbil-sinīnawith years (of famine)
- وَنَقْصٍۢwanaqṣinand a deficit
- مِّنَminaof
- ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِl-thamarāti[the] fruits
- لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
- يَذَّكَّرُونَyadhakkarūnareceive admonition
Verse 131
فَإِذَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلْحَسَنَةُ قَالُوا۟ لَنَا هَـٰذِهِۦ ۖ وَإِن تُصِبْهُمْ سَيِّئَةٌ يَطَّيَّرُوا۟ بِمُوسَىٰ وَمَن مَّعَهُۥٓ ۗ أَلَآ إِنَّمَا طَـٰٓئِرُهُمْ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ
Transliteration fa-idhā jāathumu l-ḥasanatu qālū lanā hādhihi wa-in tuṣib'hum sayyi-atun yaṭṭayyarū bimūsā waman maʿahu alā innamā ṭāiruhum ʿinda l-lahi walākinna aktharahum lā yaʿlamūna
English But when good [i.e., provision] came to them, they said, "This is ours [by right]." And if a bad [condition] struck them, they saw an evil omen in Moses and those with him. Unquestionably, their fortune is with Allāh, but most of them do not know.
- فَإِذَاfa-idhāBut when
- جَآءَتْهُمُjāathumucame to them
- ٱلْحَسَنَةُl-ḥasanatuthe good
- قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
- لَنَاlanāFor us
- هَـٰذِهِۦ ۖhādhihi(is) this
- وَإِنwa-inAnd if
- تُصِبْهُمْtuṣib'humafflicts them
- سَيِّئَةٌۭsayyi-atunbad
- يَطَّيَّرُوا۟yaṭṭayyarūthey ascribe evil omens
- بِمُوسَىٰbimūsāto Musa
- وَمَنwamanand who
- مَّعَهُۥٓ ۗmaʿahu(were) with him
- أَلَآalāBehold
- إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
- طَـٰٓئِرُهُمْṭāiruhumtheir evil omens
- عِندَʿinda(are) with
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
- أَكْثَرَهُمْaktharahummost of them
- لَاlā(do) not
- يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow
Verse 132
وَقَالُوا۟ مَهْمَا تَأْتِنَا بِهِۦ مِنْ ءَايَةٍ لِّتَسْحَرَنَا بِهَا فَمَا نَحْنُ لَكَ بِمُؤْمِنِينَ
Transliteration waqālū mahmā tatinā bihi min āyatin litasḥaranā bihā famā naḥnu laka bimu'minīna
English And they said, "No matter what sign you bring us with which to bewitch us, we will not be believers in you."
- وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they said
- مَهْمَاmahmāWhatever
- تَأْتِنَاtatināyou bring us
- بِهِۦbihitherewith
- مِنْminof
- ءَايَةٍۢāyatin(the) sign
- لِّتَسْحَرَنَاlitasḥaranāso that you bewitch us
- بِهَاbihāwith it
- فَمَاfamāthen not
- نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
- لَكَlaka(will be) in you
- بِمُؤْمِنِينَbimu'minīnabelievers
Verse 133
فَأَرْسَلْنَا عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلطُّوفَانَ وَٱلْجَرَادَ وَٱلْقُمَّلَ وَٱلضَّفَادِعَ وَٱلدَّمَ ءَايَـٰتٍ مُّفَصَّلَـٰتٍ فَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ وَكَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا مُّجْرِمِينَ
Transliteration fa-arsalnā ʿalayhimu l-ṭūfāna wal-jarāda wal-qumala wal-ḍafādiʿa wal-dama āyātin mufaṣṣalātin fa-is'takbarū wakānū qawman muj'rimīna
English So We sent upon them the flood and locusts and lice and frogs and blood as distinct signs, but they were arrogant and were a criminal people.
- فَأَرْسَلْنَاfa-arsalnāSo We sent
- عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimuon them
- ٱلطُّوفَانَl-ṭūfānathe flood
- وَٱلْجَرَادَwal-jarādaand the locusts
- وَٱلْقُمَّلَwal-qumalaand the lice
- وَٱلضَّفَادِعَwal-ḍafādiʿaand the frogs
- وَٱلدَّمَwal-damaand the blood
- ءَايَـٰتٍۢāyātin(as) signs
- مُّفَصَّلَـٰتٍۢmufaṣṣalātinmanifest
- فَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟fa-is'takbarūbut they showed arrogance
- وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
- قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
- مُّجْرِمِينَmuj'rimīnacriminal
Verse 134
وَلَمَّا وَقَعَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلرِّجْزُ قَالُوا۟ يَـٰمُوسَى ٱدْعُ لَنَا رَبَّكَ بِمَا عَهِدَ عِندَكَ ۖ لَئِن كَشَفْتَ عَنَّا ٱلرِّجْزَ لَنُؤْمِنَنَّ لَكَ وَلَنُرْسِلَنَّ مَعَكَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ
Transliteration walammā waqaʿa ʿalayhimu l-rij'zu qālū yāmūsā ud'ʿu lanā rabbaka bimā ʿahida ʿindaka la-in kashafta ʿannā l-rij'za lanu'minanna laka walanur'silanna maʿaka banī is'rāīla
English And when the punishment descended upon them, they said, "O Moses, invoke for us your Lord by what He has promised you. If you [can] remove the punishment from us, we will surely believe you, and we will send with you the Children of Israel."
- وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
- وَقَعَwaqaʿafell
- عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimuon them
- ٱلرِّجْزُl-rij'zuthe punishment
- قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
- يَـٰمُوسَىyāmūsāO Musa
- ٱدْعُud'ʿuInvoke
- لَنَاlanāfor us
- رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
- بِمَاbimāby what
- عَهِدَʿahidaHe has promised
- عِندَكَ ۖʿindakato you
- لَئِنla-inIf
- كَشَفْتَkashaftayou remove
- عَنَّاʿannāfrom us
- ٱلرِّجْزَl-rij'zathe punishment
- لَنُؤْمِنَنَّlanu'minannasurely, we will believe
- لَكَlaka[for] you
- وَلَنُرْسِلَنَّwalanur'silannaand surely, we will send
- مَعَكَmaʿakawith you
- بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
- إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel
Verse 135
فَلَمَّا كَشَفْنَا عَنْهُمُ ٱلرِّجْزَ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍ هُم بَـٰلِغُوهُ إِذَا هُمْ يَنكُثُونَ
Transliteration falammā kashafnā ʿanhumu l-rij'za ilā ajalin hum bālighūhu idhā hum yankuthūna
English But when We removed the punishment from them until a term which they were to reach, then at once they broke their word.
- فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
- كَشَفْنَاkashafnāWe removed
- عَنْهُمُʿanhumufrom them
- ٱلرِّجْزَl-rij'zathe punishment
- إِلَىٰٓilātill
- أَجَلٍajalina (fixed) term
- هُمhum(which) they
- بَـٰلِغُوهُbālighūhuwere to reach [it]
- إِذَاidhāthen
- هُمْhumthey
- يَنكُثُونَyankuthūnabroke (the word)
Verse 136
فَٱنتَقَمْنَا مِنْهُمْ فَأَغْرَقْنَـٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْيَمِّ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَكَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا غَـٰفِلِينَ
Transliteration fa-intaqamnā min'hum fa-aghraqnāhum fī l-yami bi-annahum kadhabū biāyātinā wakānū ʿanhā ghāfilīna
English So We took retribution from them, and We drowned them in the sea because they denied Our signs and were heedless of them.
- فَٱنتَقَمْنَاfa-intaqamnāSo We took retribution
- مِنْهُمْmin'humfrom them
- فَأَغْرَقْنَـٰهُمْfa-aghraqnāhumand We drowned them
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْيَمِّl-yamithe sea
- بِأَنَّهُمْbi-annahumbecause they
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
- وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
- عَنْهَاʿanhāto them
- غَـٰفِلِينَghāfilīnaheedless
Verse 137
وَأَوْرَثْنَا ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَانُوا۟ يُسْتَضْعَفُونَ مَشَـٰرِقَ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَغَـٰرِبَهَا ٱلَّتِى بَـٰرَكْنَا فِيهَا ۖ وَتَمَّتْ كَلِمَتُ رَبِّكَ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ عَلَىٰ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ بِمَا صَبَرُوا۟ ۖ وَدَمَّرْنَا مَا كَانَ يَصْنَعُ فِرْعَوْنُ وَقَوْمُهُۥ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْرِشُونَ
Transliteration wa-awrathnā l-qawma alladhīna kānū yus'taḍʿafūna mashāriqa l-arḍi wamaghāribahā allatī bāraknā fīhā watammat kalimatu rabbika l-ḥus'nā ʿalā banī is'rāīla bimā ṣabarū wadammarnā mā kāna yaṣnaʿu fir'ʿawnu waqawmuhu wamā kānū yaʿrishūna
English And We caused the people who had been oppressed to inherit the eastern regions of the land and the western ones, which We had blessed. And the good word [i.e., decree] of your Lord was fulfilled for the Children of Israel because of what they had patiently endured. And We destroyed [all] that Pharaoh and his people were producing and what they had been building.
- وَأَوْرَثْنَاwa-awrathnāAnd We made inheritors
- ٱلْقَوْمَl-qawmathe people
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- كَانُوا۟kānūwere
- يُسْتَضْعَفُونَyus'taḍʿafūnaconsidered weak
- مَشَـٰرِقَmashāriqa(the) eastern (parts)
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍi(of) the land
- وَمَغَـٰرِبَهَاwamaghāribahāand the western (parts) of it
- ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
- بَـٰرَكْنَاbāraknāWe blessed
- فِيهَا ۖfīhā[in it]
- وَتَمَّتْwatammatAnd was fulfilled
- كَلِمَتُkalimatu(the) word
- رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
- ٱلْحُسْنَىٰl-ḥus'nāthe best
- عَلَىٰʿalāfor
- بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
- إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel
- بِمَاbimābecause
- صَبَرُوا۟ ۖṣabarūthey were patient
- وَدَمَّرْنَاwadammarnāAnd We destroyed
- مَاmāwhat
- كَانَkānaused to
- يَصْنَعُyaṣnaʿumake
- فِرْعَوْنُfir'ʿawnuFiraun
- وَقَوْمُهُۥwaqawmuhuand his people
- وَمَاwamāand what
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
- يَعْرِشُونَyaʿrishūnaerect
Verse 138
وَجَـٰوَزْنَا بِبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ ٱلْبَحْرَ فَأَتَوْا۟ عَلَىٰ قَوْمٍ يَعْكُفُونَ عَلَىٰٓ أَصْنَامٍ لَّهُمْ ۚ قَالُوا۟ يَـٰمُوسَى ٱجْعَل لَّنَآ إِلَـٰهًا كَمَا لَهُمْ ءَالِهَةٌ ۚ قَالَ إِنَّكُمْ قَوْمٌ تَجْهَلُونَ
Transliteration wajāwaznā bibanī is'rāīla l-baḥra fa-ataw ʿalā qawmin yaʿkufūna ʿalā aṣnāmin lahum qālū yāmūsā ij'ʿal lanā ilāhan kamā lahum ālihatun qāla innakum qawmun tajhalūna
English And We took the Children of Israel across the sea; then they came upon a people intent in devotion to [some] idols of theirs. They [the Children of Israel] said, "O Moses, make for us a god just as they have gods." He said, "Indeed, you are a people behaving ignorantly.
- وَجَـٰوَزْنَاwajāwaznāAnd We led across
- بِبَنِىٓbibanī(the) Children
- إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَis'rāīla(of) Israel
- ٱلْبَحْرَl-baḥrathe sea
- فَأَتَوْا۟fa-atawThen they came
- عَلَىٰʿalāupon
- قَوْمٍۢqawmina people
- يَعْكُفُونَyaʿkufūnadevoted
- عَلَىٰٓʿalāto
- أَصْنَامٍۢaṣnāminidols
- لَّهُمْ ۚlahumof theirs
- قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
- يَـٰمُوسَىyāmūsāO Musa
- ٱجْعَلij'ʿalMake
- لَّنَآlanāfor us
- إِلَـٰهًۭاilāhana god
- كَمَاkamālike what
- لَهُمْlahumthey have
- ءَالِهَةٌۭ ۚālihatungods
- قَالَqālaHe said
- إِنَّكُمْinnakumIndeed, you
- قَوْمٌۭqawmun(are) a people
- تَجْهَلُونَtajhalūnaignorant
Verse 139
إِنَّ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ مُتَبَّرٌ مَّا هُمْ فِيهِ وَبَـٰطِلٌ مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
Transliteration inna hāulāi mutabbarun mā hum fīhi wabāṭilun mā kānū yaʿmalūna
English Indeed, those [worshippers] - destroyed is that in which they are [engaged], and worthless is whatever they were doing."
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
- مُتَبَّرٌۭmutabbarundestroyed
- مَّاmā(is) what
- هُمْhumthey
- فِيهِfīhi(are) in it
- وَبَـٰطِلٌۭwabāṭilunand vain
- مَّاmā(is) what
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
- يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado
Verse 140
قَالَ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْغِيكُمْ إِلَـٰهًا وَهُوَ فَضَّلَكُمْ عَلَى ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَ
Transliteration qāla aghayra l-lahi abghīkum ilāhan wahuwa faḍḍalakum ʿalā l-ʿālamīna
English He said, "Is it other than Allāh I should desire for you as a god while He has preferred you over the worlds?"
- قَالَqālaHe said
- أَغَيْرَaghayraShould other than
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- أَبْغِيكُمْabghīkumI seek for you
- إِلَـٰهًۭاilāhana god
- وَهُوَwahuwawhile He
- فَضَّلَكُمْfaḍḍalakumhas preferred you
- عَلَىʿalāover
- ٱلْعَـٰلَمِينَl-ʿālamīnathe worlds
Verse 141
وَإِذْ أَنجَيْنَـٰكُم مِّنْ ءَالِ فِرْعَوْنَ يَسُومُونَكُمْ سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ۖ يُقَتِّلُونَ أَبْنَآءَكُمْ وَيَسْتَحْيُونَ نِسَآءَكُمْ ۚ وَفِى ذَٰلِكُم بَلَآءٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَظِيمٌ
Transliteration wa-idh anjaynākum min āli fir'ʿawna yasūmūnakum sūa l-ʿadhābi yuqattilūna abnāakum wayastaḥyūna nisāakum wafī dhālikum balāon min rabbikum ʿaẓīmun
English And [recall, O Children of Israel], when We saved you from the people of Pharaoh, [who were] afflicting you with the worst torment - killing your sons and keeping your women alive. And in that was a great trial from your Lord.
- وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
- أَنجَيْنَـٰكُمanjaynākumWe saved you
- مِّنْminfrom
- ءَالِāli(the) people
- فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(of) Firaun
- يَسُومُونَكُمْyasūmūnakumwho were afflicting you
- سُوٓءَsūa(with) worst
- ٱلْعَذَابِ ۖl-ʿadhābi(of) torment
- يُقَتِّلُونَyuqattilūnathey were killing
- أَبْنَآءَكُمْabnāakumyour sons
- وَيَسْتَحْيُونَwayastaḥyūnaand letting live
- نِسَآءَكُمْ ۚnisāakumyour women
- وَفِىwafīAnd in
- ذَٰلِكُمdhālikumthat
- بَلَآءٌۭbalāon(was) a trial
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
- عَظِيمٌۭʿaẓīmungreat
Verse 142
۞ وَوَٰعَدْنَا مُوسَىٰ ثَلَـٰثِينَ لَيْلَةً وَأَتْمَمْنَـٰهَا بِعَشْرٍ فَتَمَّ مِيقَـٰتُ رَبِّهِۦٓ أَرْبَعِينَ لَيْلَةً ۚ وَقَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِأَخِيهِ هَـٰرُونَ ٱخْلُفْنِى فِى قَوْمِى وَأَصْلِحْ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ سَبِيلَ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ
Transliteration wawāʿadnā mūsā thalāthīna laylatan wa-atmamnāhā biʿashrin fatamma mīqātu rabbihi arbaʿīna laylatan waqāla mūsā li-akhīhi hārūna ukh'luf'nī fī qawmī wa-aṣliḥ walā tattabiʿ sabīla l-muf'sidīna
English And We made an appointment with Moses for thirty nights and perfected them by [the addition of] ten; so the term of his Lord was completed as forty nights. And Moses said to his brother Aaron, "Take my place among my people, do right [by them], and do not follow the way of the corrupters."
- ۞ وَوَٰعَدْنَاwawāʿadnāAnd We appointed
- مُوسَىٰmūsā(for) Musa
- ثَلَـٰثِينَthalāthīnathirty
- لَيْلَةًۭlaylatannights
- وَأَتْمَمْنَـٰهَاwa-atmamnāhāand We completed them
- بِعَشْرٍۢbiʿashrinwith ten (more)
- فَتَمَّfatammaso was completed
- مِيقَـٰتُmīqātu(the) set term
- رَبِّهِۦٓrabbihi(of) his Lord
- أَرْبَعِينَarbaʿīna(of) forty
- لَيْلَةًۭ ۚlaylatannight(s)
- وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
- مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
- لِأَخِيهِli-akhīhito his brother
- هَـٰرُونَhārūnaHarun
- ٱخْلُفْنِىukh'luf'nīTake my place
- فِىfīin
- قَوْمِىqawmīmy people
- وَأَصْلِحْwa-aṣliḥand do right
- وَلَاwalāand (do) not
- تَتَّبِعْtattabiʿfollow
- سَبِيلَsabīla(the) way
- ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَl-muf'sidīna(of) the corrupters
Verse 143
وَلَمَّا جَآءَ مُوسَىٰ لِمِيقَـٰتِنَا وَكَلَّمَهُۥ رَبُّهُۥ قَالَ رَبِّ أَرِنِىٓ أَنظُرْ إِلَيْكَ ۚ قَالَ لَن تَرَىٰنِى وَلَـٰكِنِ ٱنظُرْ إِلَى ٱلْجَبَلِ فَإِنِ ٱسْتَقَرَّ مَكَانَهُۥ فَسَوْفَ تَرَىٰنِى ۚ فَلَمَّا تَجَلَّىٰ رَبُّهُۥ لِلْجَبَلِ جَعَلَهُۥ دَكًّا وَخَرَّ مُوسَىٰ صَعِقًا ۚ فَلَمَّآ أَفَاقَ قَالَ سُبْحَـٰنَكَ تُبْتُ إِلَيْكَ وَأَنَا۠ أَوَّلُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
Transliteration walammā jāa mūsā limīqātinā wakallamahu rabbuhu qāla rabbi arinī anẓur ilayka qāla lan tarānī walākini unẓur ilā l-jabali fa-ini is'taqarra makānahu fasawfa tarānī falammā tajallā rabbuhu lil'jabali jaʿalahu dakkan wakharra mūsā ṣaʿiqan falammā afāqa qāla sub'ḥānaka tub'tu ilayka wa-anā awwalu l-mu'minīna
English And when Moses arrived at Our appointed time and his Lord spoke to him, he said, "My Lord, show me [Yourself] that I may look at You." [Allāh] said, "You will not see Me, but look at the mountain; if it should remain in place, then you will see Me." But when his Lord appeared to the mountain, He rendered it level, and Moses fell unconscious. And when he awoke, he said, "Exalted are You! I have repented to You, and I am the first [among my people] of the believers."
- وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
- جَآءَjāacame
- مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
- لِمِيقَـٰتِنَاlimīqātināto Our appointed place
- وَكَلَّمَهُۥwakallamahuand spoke to him
- رَبُّهُۥrabbuhuhis Lord
- قَالَqālahe said
- رَبِّrabbiO my Lord
- أَرِنِىٓarinīShow me
- أَنظُرْanẓur(that) I may look
- إِلَيْكَ ۚilaykaat You
- قَالَqālaHe said
- لَنlanNever
- تَرَىٰنِىtarānīyou (can) see Me
- وَلَـٰكِنِwalākinibut
- ٱنظُرْunẓurlook
- إِلَىilāat
- ٱلْجَبَلِl-jabalithe mountain
- فَإِنِfa-ini[then] if
- ٱسْتَقَرَّis'taqarrait remains
- مَكَانَهُۥmakānahuin its place
- فَسَوْفَfasawfathen
- تَرَىٰنِى ۚtarānīyou (will) see Me
- فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
- تَجَلَّىٰtajallārevealed (His) Glory
- رَبُّهُۥrabbuhuhis Lord
- لِلْجَبَلِlil'jabalito the mountain
- جَعَلَهُۥjaʿalahuHe made it
- دَكًّۭاdakkancrumbled to dust
- وَخَرَّwakharraand fell down
- مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
- صَعِقًۭا ۚṣaʿiqanunconscious
- فَلَمَّآfalammāAnd when
- أَفَاقَafāqahe recovered
- قَالَqālahe said
- سُبْحَـٰنَكَsub'ḥānakaGlory be to You
- تُبْتُtub'tuI turn (in repentance)
- إِلَيْكَilaykato you
- وَأَنَا۠wa-anāand I am
- أَوَّلُawwalu(the) first
- ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīna(of) the believers
Verse 144
قَالَ يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنِّى ٱصْطَفَيْتُكَ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ بِرِسَـٰلَـٰتِى وَبِكَلَـٰمِى فَخُذْ مَآ ءَاتَيْتُكَ وَكُن مِّنَ ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَ
Transliteration qāla yāmūsā innī iṣ'ṭafaytuka ʿalā l-nāsi birisālātī wabikalāmī fakhudh mā ātaytuka wakun mina l-shākirīna
English [Allāh] said, "O Moses, I have chosen you over the people with My messages and My words [to you]. So take what I have given you and be among the grateful."
- قَالَqālaHe said
- يَـٰمُوسَىٰٓyāmūsāO Musa
- إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
- ٱصْطَفَيْتُكَiṣ'ṭafaytukahave chosen you
- عَلَىʿalāover
- ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsithe people
- بِرِسَـٰلَـٰتِىbirisālātīwith My Messages
- وَبِكَلَـٰمِىwabikalāmīand with My words
- فَخُذْfakhudhSo take
- مَآmāwhat
- ءَاتَيْتُكَātaytukaI have given you
- وَكُنwakunand be
- مِّنَminaamong
- ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَl-shākirīnathe grateful
Verse 145
وَكَتَبْنَا لَهُۥ فِى ٱلْأَلْوَاحِ مِن كُلِّ شَىْءٍ مَّوْعِظَةً وَتَفْصِيلًا لِّكُلِّ شَىْءٍ فَخُذْهَا بِقُوَّةٍ وَأْمُرْ قَوْمَكَ يَأْخُذُوا۟ بِأَحْسَنِهَا ۚ سَأُو۟رِيكُمْ دَارَ ٱلْفَـٰسِقِينَ
Transliteration wakatabnā lahu fī l-alwāḥi min kulli shayin mawʿiẓatan watafṣīlan likulli shayin fakhudh'hā biquwwatin wamur qawmaka yakhudhū bi-aḥsanihā sa-urīkum dāra l-fāsiqīna
English And We wrote for him on the tablets [something] of all things - instruction and explanation for all things, [saying], "Take them with determination and order your people to take the best of it. I will show you the home of the defiantly disobedient."
- وَكَتَبْنَاwakatabnāAnd We ordained (laws)
- لَهُۥlahufor him
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَلْوَاحِl-alwāḥithe tablets
- مِنminof
- كُلِّkullievery
- شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
- مَّوْعِظَةًۭmawʿiẓatanan instruction
- وَتَفْصِيلًۭاwatafṣīlanand explanation
- لِّكُلِّlikullifor every
- شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
- فَخُذْهَاfakhudh'hāSo take them
- بِقُوَّةٍۢbiquwwatinwith firmness
- وَأْمُرْwamurand order
- قَوْمَكَqawmakayour people
- يَأْخُذُوا۟yakhudhū(to) take
- بِأَحْسَنِهَا ۚbi-aḥsanihā(the) best of it
- سَأُو۟رِيكُمْsa-urīkumI will show you
- دَارَdāra(the) home
- ٱلْفَـٰسِقِينَl-fāsiqīna(of) the defiantly disobedient
Verse 146
سَأَصْرِفُ عَنْ ءَايَـٰتِىَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَكَبَّرُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ كُلَّ ءَايَةٍ لَّا يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهَا وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ سَبِيلَ ٱلرُّشْدِ لَا يَتَّخِذُوهُ سَبِيلًا وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ سَبِيلَ ٱلْغَىِّ يَتَّخِذُوهُ سَبِيلًا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَكَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا غَـٰفِلِينَ
Transliteration sa-aṣrifu ʿan āyātiya alladhīna yatakabbarūna fī l-arḍi bighayri l-ḥaqi wa-in yaraw kulla āyatin lā yu'minū bihā wa-in yaraw sabīla l-rush'di lā yattakhidhūhu sabīlan wa-in yaraw sabīla l-ghayi yattakhidhūhu sabīlan dhālika bi-annahum kadhabū biāyātinā wakānū ʿanhā ghāfilīna
English I will turn away from My signs those who are arrogant upon the earth without right; and if they should see every sign, they will not believe in it. And if they see the way of consciousness, they will not adopt it as a way; but if they see the way of error, they will adopt it as a way. That is because they have denied Our signs and they were heedless of them.
- سَأَصْرِفُsa-aṣrifuI will turn away
- عَنْʿanfrom
- ءَايَـٰتِىَāyātiyaMy Signs
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- يَتَكَبَّرُونَyatakabbarūnaare arrogant
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
- ٱلْحَقِّl-ḥaqi[the] right
- وَإِنwa-inand if
- يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
- كُلَّkullaevery
- ءَايَةٍۢāyatinsign
- لَّاlānot
- يُؤْمِنُوا۟yu'minū(will) they believe
- بِهَاbihāin it
- وَإِنwa-inAnd if
- يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
- سَبِيلَsabīla(the) way
- ٱلرُّشْدِl-rush'di(of) the righteousness
- لَاlānot
- يَتَّخِذُوهُyattakhidhūhu(will) they take it
- سَبِيلًۭاsabīlan(as) a way
- وَإِنwa-inbut if
- يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
- سَبِيلَsabīla(the) way
- ٱلْغَىِّl-ghayi(of) [the] error
- يَتَّخِذُوهُyattakhidhūhuthey will take it
- سَبِيلًۭا ۚsabīlan(as) a way
- ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
- بِأَنَّهُمْbi-annahum(is) because they
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
- وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
- عَنْهَاʿanhāof them
- غَـٰفِلِينَghāfilīnaheedless
Verse 147
وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَلِقَآءِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَـٰلُهُمْ ۚ هَلْ يُجْزَوْنَ إِلَّا مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā waliqāi l-ākhirati ḥabiṭat aʿmāluhum hal yuj'zawna illā mā kānū yaʿmalūna
English Those who denied Our signs and the meeting of the Hereafter - their deeds have become worthless. Are they recompensed except for what they used to do?
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
- وَلِقَآءِwaliqāiand (the) meeting
- ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhirati(of) the Hereafter
- حَبِطَتْḥabiṭatworthless
- أَعْمَـٰلُهُمْ ۚaʿmāluhum(are) their deeds
- هَلْhalWill
- يُجْزَوْنَyuj'zawnathey be recompensed
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- مَاmā(for) what
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
- يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado
Verse 148
وَٱتَّخَذَ قَوْمُ مُوسَىٰ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ مِنْ حُلِيِّهِمْ عِجْلًا جَسَدًا لَّهُۥ خُوَارٌ ۚ أَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ أَنَّهُۥ لَا يُكَلِّمُهُمْ وَلَا يَهْدِيهِمْ سَبِيلًا ۘ ٱتَّخَذُوهُ وَكَانُوا۟ ظَـٰلِمِينَ
Transliteration wa-ittakhadha qawmu mūsā min baʿdihi min ḥuliyyihim ʿij'lan jasadan lahu khuwārun alam yaraw annahu lā yukallimuhum walā yahdīhim sabīlan ittakhadhūhu wakānū ẓālimīna
English And the people of Moses made, after [his departure], from their ornaments a calf - an image having a lowing sound. Did they not see that it could neither speak to them nor guide them to a way? They took it [for worship], and they were wrongdoers.
- وَٱتَّخَذَwa-ittakhadhaAnd took
- قَوْمُqawmu(the) people
- مُوسَىٰmūsā(of) Musa
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِهِۦbaʿdihiafter him
- مِنْminfrom
- حُلِيِّهِمْḥuliyyihimtheir ornaments
- عِجْلًۭاʿij'lana calf
- جَسَدًۭاjasadanan image
- لَّهُۥlahu[for] it
- خُوَارٌ ۚkhuwārun(had) a lowing sound
- أَلَمْalamDid not
- يَرَوْا۟yarawthey see
- أَنَّهُۥannahuthat it
- لَاlā(could) not
- يُكَلِّمُهُمْyukallimuhumspeak to them
- وَلَاwalāand not
- يَهْدِيهِمْyahdīhimguide them
- سَبِيلًا ۘsabīlan(to) a way
- ٱتَّخَذُوهُittakhadhūhuThey took it (for worship)
- وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
- ظَـٰلِمِينَẓālimīnawrongdoers
Verse 149
وَلَمَّا سُقِطَ فِىٓ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَرَأَوْا۟ أَنَّهُمْ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ قَالُوا۟ لَئِن لَّمْ يَرْحَمْنَا رَبُّنَا وَيَغْفِرْ لَنَا لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَ
Transliteration walammā suqiṭa fī aydīhim wara-aw annahum qad ḍallū qālū la-in lam yarḥamnā rabbunā wayaghfir lanā lanakūnanna mina l-khāsirīna
English And when regret overcame them and they saw that they had gone astray, they said, "If our Lord does not have mercy upon us and forgive us, we will surely be among the losers."
- وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
- سُقِطَsuqiṭa(it was made to) fall
- فِىٓfīinto
- أَيْدِيهِمْaydīhimtheir hands
- وَرَأَوْا۟wara-awand they saw
- أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they
- قَدْqad(had) indeed
- ضَلُّوا۟ḍallūgone astray
- قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
- لَئِنla-inIf
- لَّمْlamnot
- يَرْحَمْنَاyarḥamnāhas Mercy on us
- رَبُّنَاrabbunāOur Lord
- وَيَغْفِرْwayaghfirand forgive
- لَنَاlanā[for] us
- لَنَكُونَنَّlanakūnannawe will surely be
- مِنَminaamong
- ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَl-khāsirīnathe losers
Verse 150
وَلَمَّا رَجَعَ مُوسَىٰٓ إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ غَضْبَـٰنَ أَسِفًا قَالَ بِئْسَمَا خَلَفْتُمُونِى مِنۢ بَعْدِىٓ ۖ أَعَجِلْتُمْ أَمْرَ رَبِّكُمْ ۖ وَأَلْقَى ٱلْأَلْوَاحَ وَأَخَذَ بِرَأْسِ أَخِيهِ يَجُرُّهُۥٓ إِلَيْهِ ۚ قَالَ ٱبْنَ أُمَّ إِنَّ ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱسْتَضْعَفُونِى وَكَادُوا۟ يَقْتُلُونَنِى فَلَا تُشْمِتْ بِىَ ٱلْأَعْدَآءَ وَلَا تَجْعَلْنِى مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ
Transliteration walammā rajaʿa mūsā ilā qawmihi ghaḍbāna asifan qāla bi'samā khalaftumūnī min baʿdī aʿajil'tum amra rabbikum wa-alqā l-alwāḥa wa-akhadha birasi akhīhi yajurruhu ilayhi qāla ib'na umma inna l-qawma is'taḍʿafūnī wakādū yaqtulūnanī falā tush'mit biya l-aʿdāa walā tajʿalnī maʿa l-qawmi l-ẓālimīna
English And when Moses returned to his people, angry and grieved, he said, "How wretched is that by which you have replaced me after [my departure]. Were you impatient over the matter of your Lord?" And he threw down the tablets and seized his brother by [the hair of] his head, pulling him toward him. [Aaron] said, "O son of my mother, indeed the people overpowered me and were about to kill me, so let not the enemies rejoice over me and do not place me among the wrongdoing people."
- وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
- رَجَعَrajaʿareturned
- مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
- إِلَىٰilāto
- قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
- غَضْبَـٰنَghaḍbānaangry
- أَسِفًۭاasifanand grieved
- قَالَqālahe said
- بِئْسَمَاbi'samāEvil is what
- خَلَفْتُمُونِىkhalaftumūnīyou have done in my place
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِىٓ ۖbaʿdīafter me
- أَعَجِلْتُمْaʿajil'tumWere you impatient
- أَمْرَamra(over the) matter
- رَبِّكُمْ ۖrabbikum(of) your Lord
- وَأَلْقَىwa-alqāAnd he cast down
- ٱلْأَلْوَاحَl-alwāḥathe tablets
- وَأَخَذَwa-akhadhaand seized
- بِرَأْسِbirasiby head
- أَخِيهِakhīhihis brother
- يَجُرُّهُۥٓyajurruhudragging him
- إِلَيْهِ ۚilayhito himself
- قَالَqālaHe said
- ٱبْنَib'naO son
- أُمَّumma(of) my mother
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- ٱلْقَوْمَl-qawmathe people
- ٱسْتَضْعَفُونِىis'taḍʿafūnīconsidered me weak
- وَكَادُوا۟wakādūand were about to
- يَقْتُلُونَنِىyaqtulūnanīkill me
- فَلَاfalāSo (let) not
- تُشْمِتْtush'mitrejoice
- بِىَbiyaover me
- ٱلْأَعْدَآءَl-aʿdāathe enemies
- وَلَاwalāand (do) not
- تَجْعَلْنِىtajʿalnīplace me
- مَعَmaʿawith
- ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
- ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīna(who are) wrongdoing
Verse 151
قَالَ رَبِّ ٱغْفِرْ لِى وَلِأَخِى وَأَدْخِلْنَا فِى رَحْمَتِكَ ۖ وَأَنتَ أَرْحَمُ ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَ
Transliteration qāla rabbi igh'fir lī wali-akhī wa-adkhil'nā fī raḥmatika wa-anta arḥamu l-rāḥimīna
English [Moses] said, "My Lord, forgive me and my brother and admit us into Your mercy, for You are the most merciful of the merciful."
- قَالَqālaHe said
- رَبِّrabbiO my Lord
- ٱغْفِرْigh'firForgive
- لِىlīme
- وَلِأَخِىwali-akhīand my brother
- وَأَدْخِلْنَاwa-adkhil'nāand admit us
- فِىfīinto
- رَحْمَتِكَ ۖraḥmatikaYour Mercy
- وَأَنتَwa-antafor You
- أَرْحَمُarḥamu(are) the Most Merciful
- ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَl-rāḥimīna(of) the merciful
Verse 152
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ ٱلْعِجْلَ سَيَنَالُهُمْ غَضَبٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ وَذِلَّةٌ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُفْتَرِينَ
Transliteration inna alladhīna ittakhadhū l-ʿij'la sayanāluhum ghaḍabun min rabbihim wadhillatun fī l-ḥayati l-dun'yā wakadhālika najzī l-muf'tarīna
English Indeed, those who took the calf [for worship] will obtain anger from their Lord and humiliation in the life of this world, and thus do We recompense the inventors [of falsehood].
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ittakhadhūtook
- ٱلْعِجْلَl-ʿij'lathe calf
- سَيَنَالُهُمْsayanāluhumwill reach them
- غَضَبٌۭghaḍabunwrath
- مِّنminfrom
- رَّبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
- وَذِلَّةٌۭwadhillatunand humiliation
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayatithe life
- ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
- وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
- نَجْزِىnajzīWe recompense
- ٱلْمُفْتَرِينَl-muf'tarīnathe ones who invent (falsehood)
Verse 153
وَٱلَّذِينَ عَمِلُوا۟ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ ثُمَّ تَابُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِهَا وَءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهَا لَغَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
Transliteration wa-alladhīna ʿamilū l-sayiāti thumma tābū min baʿdihā waāmanū inna rabbaka min baʿdihā laghafūrun raḥīmun
English But those who committed misdeeds and then repented after them and believed - indeed your Lord, thereafter, is Forgiving and Merciful.
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
- عَمِلُوا۟ʿamilūdo
- ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِl-sayiātithe evil deeds
- ثُمَّthummathen
- تَابُوا۟tābūrepented
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِهَاbaʿdihāafter that
- وَءَامَنُوٓا۟waāmanūand believed
- إِنَّinnaindeed
- رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِهَاbaʿdihāafter that
- لَغَفُورٌۭlaghafūrun(is) surely Oft-Forgiving
- رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful
Verse 154
وَلَمَّا سَكَتَ عَن مُّوسَى ٱلْغَضَبُ أَخَذَ ٱلْأَلْوَاحَ ۖ وَفِى نُسْخَتِهَا هُدًى وَرَحْمَةٌ لِّلَّذِينَ هُمْ لِرَبِّهِمْ يَرْهَبُونَ
Transliteration walammā sakata ʿan mūsā l-ghaḍabu akhadha l-alwāḥa wafī nus'khatihā hudan waraḥmatun lilladhīna hum lirabbihim yarhabūna
English And when the anger subsided in Moses, he took up the tablets; and in their inscription was guidance and mercy for those who are fearful of their Lord.
- وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
- سَكَتَsakatawas calmed
- عَنʿanfrom
- مُّوسَىmūsāMusa
- ٱلْغَضَبُl-ghaḍabuthe anger
- أَخَذَakhadhahe took (up)
- ٱلْأَلْوَاحَ ۖl-alwāḥathe tablets
- وَفِىwafīand in
- نُسْخَتِهَاnus'khatihātheir inscription
- هُدًۭىhudan(was) guidance
- وَرَحْمَةٌۭwaraḥmatunand mercy
- لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
- هُمْhum[they]
- لِرَبِّهِمْlirabbihimof their Lord
- يَرْهَبُونَyarhabūna(are) fearful
Verse 155
وَٱخْتَارَ مُوسَىٰ قَوْمَهُۥ سَبْعِينَ رَجُلًا لِّمِيقَـٰتِنَا ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ قَالَ رَبِّ لَوْ شِئْتَ أَهْلَكْتَهُم مِّن قَبْلُ وَإِيَّـٰىَ ۖ أَتُهْلِكُنَا بِمَا فَعَلَ ٱلسُّفَهَآءُ مِنَّآ ۖ إِنْ هِىَ إِلَّا فِتْنَتُكَ تُضِلُّ بِهَا مَن تَشَآءُ وَتَهْدِى مَن تَشَآءُ ۖ أَنتَ وَلِيُّنَا فَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا وَٱرْحَمْنَا ۖ وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلْغَـٰفِرِينَ
Transliteration wa-ikh'tāra mūsā qawmahu sabʿīna rajulan limīqātinā falammā akhadhathumu l-rajfatu qāla rabbi law shi'ta ahlaktahum min qablu wa-iyyāya atuh'likunā bimā faʿala l-sufahāu minnā in hiya illā fit'natuka tuḍillu bihā man tashāu watahdī man tashāu anta waliyyunā fa-igh'fir lanā wa-ir'ḥamnā wa-anta khayru l-ghāfirīna
English And Moses chose from his people seventy men for Our appointment. And when the earthquake seized them, he said, "My Lord, if You had willed, You could have destroyed them before and me [as well]. Would You destroy us for what the foolish among us have done? This is not but Your trial by which You send astray whom You will and guide whom You will. You are our Protector, so forgive us and have mercy upon us; and You are the best of forgivers.
- وَٱخْتَارَwa-ikh'tāraAnd chose
- مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
- قَوْمَهُۥqawmahu(from) his people
- سَبْعِينَsabʿīnaseventy
- رَجُلًۭاrajulanmen
- لِّمِيقَـٰتِنَا ۖlimīqātināfor Our appointment
- فَلَمَّآfalammāThen when
- أَخَذَتْهُمُakhadhathumuseized them
- ٱلرَّجْفَةُl-rajfatuthe earthquake
- قَالَqālahe said
- رَبِّrabbiO my Lord
- لَوْlawIf
- شِئْتَshi'tayou (had) willed
- أَهْلَكْتَهُمahlaktahumYou (could) have destroyed them
- مِّنminfrom
- قَبْلُqablubefore
- وَإِيَّـٰىَ ۖwa-iyyāyaand me
- أَتُهْلِكُنَاatuh'likunāWould You destroy us
- بِمَاbimāfor what
- فَعَلَfaʿaladid
- ٱلسُّفَهَآءُl-sufahāuthe foolish
- مِنَّآ ۖminnāamong us
- إِنْinNot
- هِىَhiyait (was)
- إِلَّاillābut
- فِتْنَتُكَfit'natukaYour trial
- تُضِلُّtuḍilluYou let go astray
- بِهَاbihāby it
- مَنmanwhom
- تَشَآءُtashāuYou will
- وَتَهْدِىwatahdīand You guide
- مَنmanwhom
- تَشَآءُ ۖtashāuYou will
- أَنتَantaYou
- وَلِيُّنَاwaliyyunā(are) our Protector
- فَٱغْفِرْfa-igh'firso forgive
- لَنَاlanāus
- وَٱرْحَمْنَا ۖwa-ir'ḥamnāand have mercy upon us
- وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
- خَيْرُkhayru(are) Best
- ٱلْغَـٰفِرِينَl-ghāfirīna(of) Forgivers
Verse 156
۞ وَٱكْتُبْ لَنَا فِى هَـٰذِهِ ٱلدُّنْيَا حَسَنَةً وَفِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ إِنَّا هُدْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ۚ قَالَ عَذَابِىٓ أُصِيبُ بِهِۦ مَنْ أَشَآءُ ۖ وَرَحْمَتِى وَسِعَتْ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ ۚ فَسَأَكْتُبُهَا لِلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ وَيُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَٱلَّذِينَ هُم بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا يُؤْمِنُونَ
Transliteration wa-uk'tub lanā fī hādhihi l-dun'yā ḥasanatan wafī l-ākhirati innā hud'nā ilayka qāla ʿadhābī uṣību bihi man ashāu waraḥmatī wasiʿat kulla shayin fasa-aktubuhā lilladhīna yattaqūna wayu'tūna l-zakata wa-alladhīna hum biāyātinā yu'minūna
English And decree for us in this world [that which is] good and [also] in the Hereafter; indeed, we have turned back to You." [Allāh] said, "My punishment - I afflict with it whom I will, but My mercy encompasses all things." So I will decree it [especially] for those who fear Me and give zakāh and those who believe in Our verses-
- ۞ وَٱكْتُبْwa-uk'tubAnd ordain
- لَنَاlanāfor us
- فِىfīin
- هَـٰذِهِhādhihithis
- ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā[the] world
- حَسَنَةًۭḥasanatangood
- وَفِىwafīand in
- ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhiratithe Hereafter
- إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
- هُدْنَآhud'nāwe have turned
- إِلَيْكَ ۚilaykato You
- قَالَqālaHe said
- عَذَابِىٓʿadhābīMy punishment
- أُصِيبُuṣībuI afflict
- بِهِۦbihiwith it
- مَنْmanwhom
- أَشَآءُ ۖashāuI will
- وَرَحْمَتِىwaraḥmatībut My Mercy
- وَسِعَتْwasiʿatencompasses
- كُلَّkullaevery
- شَىْءٍۢ ۚshayinthing
- فَسَأَكْتُبُهَاfasa-aktubuhāSo I will ordain it
- لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
- يَتَّقُونَyattaqūna(are) righteous
- وَيُؤْتُونَwayu'tūnaand give
- ٱلزَّكَوٰةَl-zakatazakah
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
- هُمhum[they]
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināin Our Verses
- يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnathey believe
Verse 157
ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّبِعُونَ ٱلرَّسُولَ ٱلنَّبِىَّ ٱلْأُمِّىَّ ٱلَّذِى يَجِدُونَهُۥ مَكْتُوبًا عِندَهُمْ فِى ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ وَٱلْإِنجِيلِ يَأْمُرُهُم بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَيَنْهَىٰهُمْ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَيُحِلُّ لَهُمُ ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِ وَيُحَرِّمُ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْخَبَـٰٓئِثَ وَيَضَعُ عَنْهُمْ إِصْرَهُمْ وَٱلْأَغْلَـٰلَ ٱلَّتِى كَانَتْ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ فَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَعَزَّرُوهُ وَنَصَرُوهُ وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟ ٱلنُّورَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أُنزِلَ مَعَهُۥٓ ۙ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ
Transliteration alladhīna yattabiʿūna l-rasūla l-nabiya l-umiya alladhī yajidūnahu maktūban ʿindahum fī l-tawrāti wal-injīli yamuruhum bil-maʿrūfi wayanhāhum ʿani l-munkari wayuḥillu lahumu l-ṭayibāti wayuḥarrimu ʿalayhimu l-khabāitha wayaḍaʿu ʿanhum iṣ'rahum wal-aghlāla allatī kānat ʿalayhim fa-alladhīna āmanū bihi waʿazzarūhu wanaṣarūhu wa-ittabaʿū l-nūra alladhī unzila maʿahu ulāika humu l-muf'liḥūna
English Those who follow the Messenger, the unlettered prophet, whom they find written [i.e., described] in what they have of the Torah and the Gospel, who enjoins upon them what is right and prohibits them from what is wrong and makes lawful for them what is good and forbids them from what is evil and relieves them of their burden and the shackles which were upon them. So they who have believed in him, honored him, supported him and followed the light which was sent down with him - it is those who will be the successful.
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
- يَتَّبِعُونَyattabiʿūnafollow
- ٱلرَّسُولَl-rasūlathe Messenger
- ٱلنَّبِىَّl-nabiyathe Prophet
- ٱلْأُمِّىَّl-umiyathe unlettered
- ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhom
- يَجِدُونَهُۥyajidūnahuthey find him
- مَكْتُوبًاmaktūbanwritten
- عِندَهُمْʿindahumwith them
- فِىfīin
- ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِl-tawrātithe Taurat
- وَٱلْإِنجِيلِwal-injīliand the Injeel
- يَأْمُرُهُمyamuruhumHe commands them
- بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِbil-maʿrūfito the right
- وَيَنْهَىٰهُمْwayanhāhumand forbids them
- عَنِʿanifrom
- ٱلْمُنكَرِl-munkarithe wrong
- وَيُحِلُّwayuḥilluand he makes lawful
- لَهُمُlahumufor them
- ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِl-ṭayibātithe pure things
- وَيُحَرِّمُwayuḥarrimuand makes unlawful
- عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimufor them
- ٱلْخَبَـٰٓئِثَl-khabāithathe impure things
- وَيَضَعُwayaḍaʿuand he relieves
- عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
- إِصْرَهُمْiṣ'rahumtheir burden
- وَٱلْأَغْلَـٰلَwal-aghlālaand the fetters
- ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
- كَانَتْkānatwere
- عَلَيْهِمْ ۚʿalayhimupon them
- فَٱلَّذِينَfa-alladhīnaSo those who
- ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
- بِهِۦbihiin him
- وَعَزَّرُوهُwaʿazzarūhuand honor him
- وَنَصَرُوهُwanaṣarūhuand help him
- وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟wa-ittabaʿūand follow
- ٱلنُّورَl-nūrathe light
- ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīwhich
- أُنزِلَunzilahas been sent down
- مَعَهُۥٓ ۙmaʿahuwith him
- أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose (are)
- هُمُhumu[they]
- ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَl-muf'liḥūnathe successful ones
Verse 158
قُلْ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ إِنِّى رَسُولُ ٱللَّهِ إِلَيْكُمْ جَمِيعًا ٱلَّذِى لَهُۥ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ يُحْىِۦ وَيُمِيتُ ۖ فَـَٔامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِ ٱلنَّبِىِّ ٱلْأُمِّىِّ ٱلَّذِى يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦ وَٱتَّبِعُوهُ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَهْتَدُونَ
Transliteration qul yāayyuhā l-nāsu innī rasūlu l-lahi ilaykum jamīʿan alladhī lahu mul'ku l-samāwāti wal-arḍi lā ilāha illā huwa yuḥ'yī wayumītu faāminū bil-lahi warasūlihi l-nabiyi l-umiyi alladhī yu'minu bil-lahi wakalimātihi wa-ittabiʿūhu laʿallakum tahtadūna
English Say, [O Muḥammad], "O mankind, indeed I am the Messenger of Allāh to you all, [from Him] to whom belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth. There is no deity except Him; He gives life and causes death." So believe in Allāh and His Messenger, the unlettered prophet, who believes in Allāh and His words, and follow him that you may be guided.
- قُلْqulSay
- يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO
- ٱلنَّاسُl-nāsumankind
- إِنِّىinnīIndeed I am
- رَسُولُrasūlu(the) Messenger
- ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
- إِلَيْكُمْilaykumto you
- جَمِيعًاjamīʿanall
- ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One
- لَهُۥlahufor Whom
- مُلْكُmul'ku(is the) dominion
- ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
- وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
- لَآlā(There is) no
- إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- هُوَhuwaHim
- يُحْىِۦyuḥ'yīHe gives life
- وَيُمِيتُ ۖwayumītuand causes death
- فَـَٔامِنُوا۟faāminūSo believe
- بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
- وَرَسُولِهِwarasūlihiand His Messenger
- ٱلنَّبِىِّl-nabiyithe Prophet
- ٱلْأُمِّىِّl-umiyithe unlettered
- ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe one who
- يُؤْمِنُyu'minubelieves
- بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
- وَكَلِمَـٰتِهِۦwakalimātihiand His Words
- وَٱتَّبِعُوهُwa-ittabiʿūhuand follow him
- لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
- تَهْتَدُونَtahtadūna(be) guided
Verse 159
وَمِن قَوْمِ مُوسَىٰٓ أُمَّةٌ يَهْدُونَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَبِهِۦ يَعْدِلُونَ
Transliteration wamin qawmi mūsā ummatun yahdūna bil-ḥaqi wabihi yaʿdilūna
English And among the people of Moses is a community which guides by truth and by it establishes justice.
- وَمِنwaminAnd among
- قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
- مُوسَىٰٓmūsā(of) Musa
- أُمَّةٌۭummatun(is) a community
- يَهْدُونَyahdūna(which) guides
- بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiwith truth
- وَبِهِۦwabihiand by it
- يَعْدِلُونَyaʿdilūnaestablishes justice
Verse 160
وَقَطَّعْنَـٰهُمُ ٱثْنَتَىْ عَشْرَةَ أَسْبَاطًا أُمَمًا ۚ وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ إِذِ ٱسْتَسْقَىٰهُ قَوْمُهُۥٓ أَنِ ٱضْرِب بِّعَصَاكَ ٱلْحَجَرَ ۖ فَٱنۢبَجَسَتْ مِنْهُ ٱثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ عَيْنًا ۖ قَدْ عَلِمَ كُلُّ أُنَاسٍ مَّشْرَبَهُمْ ۚ وَظَلَّلْنَا عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْغَمَـٰمَ وَأَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْمَنَّ وَٱلسَّلْوَىٰ ۖ كُلُوا۟ مِن طَيِّبَـٰتِ مَا رَزَقْنَـٰكُمْ ۚ وَمَا ظَلَمُونَا وَلَـٰكِن كَانُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَظْلِمُونَ
Transliteration waqaṭṭaʿnāhumu ith'natay ʿashrata asbāṭan umaman wa-awḥaynā ilā mūsā idhi is'tasqāhu qawmuhu ani iḍ'rib biʿaṣāka l-ḥajara fa-inbajasat min'hu ith'natā ʿashrata ʿaynan qad ʿalima kullu unāsin mashrabahum waẓallalnā ʿalayhimu l-ghamāma wa-anzalnā ʿalayhimu l-mana wal-salwā kulū min ṭayyibāti mā razaqnākum wamā ẓalamūnā walākin kānū anfusahum yaẓlimūna
English And We divided them into twelve descendant tribes [as distinct] nations. And We inspired to Moses when his people implored him for water, "Strike with your staff the stone," and there gushed forth from it twelve springs. Every people [i.e., tribe] knew its watering place. And We shaded them with clouds and sent down upon them manna and quails, [saying], "Eat from the good things with which We have provided you." And they wronged Us not, but they were [only] wronging themselves.
- وَقَطَّعْنَـٰهُمُwaqaṭṭaʿnāhumuAnd We divided them
- ٱثْنَتَىْith'natay(into) two
- عَشْرَةَʿashrata(and) ten [i.e. twelve]
- أَسْبَاطًاasbāṭantribes
- أُمَمًۭا ۚumaman(as) communities
- وَأَوْحَيْنَآwa-awḥaynāAnd We inspired
- إِلَىٰilāto
- مُوسَىٰٓmūsāMusa
- إِذِidhiwhen
- ٱسْتَسْقَىٰهُis'tasqāhuasked him for water
- قَوْمُهُۥٓqawmuhuhis people
- أَنِani[that]
- ٱضْرِبiḍ'ribStrike
- بِّعَصَاكَbiʿaṣākawith your staff
- ٱلْحَجَرَ ۖl-ḥajarathe stone
- فَٱنۢبَجَسَتْfa-inbajasatThen gushed forth
- مِنْهُmin'hufrom it
- ٱثْنَتَاith'natātwo
- عَشْرَةَʿashrata(and) ten [i.e. twelve]
- عَيْنًۭا ۖʿaynansprings
- قَدْqadCertainly
- عَلِمَʿalimaknew
- كُلُّkullueach
- أُنَاسٍۢunāsinpeople
- مَّشْرَبَهُمْ ۚmashrabahumtheir drinking place
- وَظَلَّلْنَاwaẓallalnāAnd We shaded
- عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimu[on] them
- ٱلْغَمَـٰمَl-ghamāma(with) the clouds
- وَأَنزَلْنَاwa-anzalnāand We sent down
- عَلَيْهِمُʿalayhimuupon them
- ٱلْمَنَّl-manathe manna
- وَٱلسَّلْوَىٰ ۖwal-salwāand the quails
- كُلُوا۟kulūEat
- مِنminfrom
- طَيِّبَـٰتِṭayyibāti(the) good things
- مَاmāwhich
- رَزَقْنَـٰكُمْ ۚrazaqnākumWe have provided you
- وَمَاwamāAnd not
- ظَلَمُونَاẓalamūnāthey wronged Us
- وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
- كَانُوٓا۟kānūthey were
- أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahum(to) themselves
- يَظْلِمُونَyaẓlimūnadoing wrong
Verse 161
وَإِذْ قِيلَ لَهُمُ ٱسْكُنُوا۟ هَـٰذِهِ ٱلْقَرْيَةَ وَكُلُوا۟ مِنْهَا حَيْثُ شِئْتُمْ وَقُولُوا۟ حِطَّةٌ وَٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْبَابَ سُجَّدًا نَّغْفِرْ لَكُمْ خَطِيٓـَٔـٰتِكُمْ ۚ سَنَزِيدُ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ
Transliteration wa-idh qīla lahumu us'kunū hādhihi l-qaryata wakulū min'hā ḥaythu shi'tum waqūlū ḥiṭṭatun wa-ud'khulū l-bāba sujjadan naghfir lakum khaṭīātikum sanazīdu l-muḥ'sinīna
English And [mention, O Muḥammad], when it was said to them, "Dwell in this city [i.e., Jerusalem] and eat from it wherever you will and say, 'Relieve us of our burdens [i.e., sins],' and enter the gate bowing humbly; We will [then] forgive you your sins. We will increase the doers of good [in goodness and reward]."
- وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
- قِيلَqīlait was said
- لَهُمُlahumuto them
- ٱسْكُنُوا۟us'kunūLive
- هَـٰذِهِhādhihi(in) this
- ٱلْقَرْيَةَl-qaryatacity
- وَكُلُوا۟wakulūand eat
- مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
- حَيْثُḥaythuwherever
- شِئْتُمْshi'tumyou wish
- وَقُولُوا۟waqūlūand say
- حِطَّةٌۭḥiṭṭatunRepentance
- وَٱدْخُلُوا۟wa-ud'khulūand enter
- ٱلْبَابَl-bābathe gate
- سُجَّدًۭاsujjadanprostrating
- نَّغْفِرْnaghfirWe will forgive
- لَكُمْlakumfor you
- خَطِيٓـَٔـٰتِكُمْ ۚkhaṭīātikumyour sins
- سَنَزِيدُsanazīduWe will increase (reward)
- ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīna(of) the good-doers
Verse 162
فَبَدَّلَ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ قَوْلًا غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى قِيلَ لَهُمْ فَأَرْسَلْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ رِجْزًا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَظْلِمُونَ
Transliteration fabaddala alladhīna ẓalamū min'hum qawlan ghayra alladhī qīla lahum fa-arsalnā ʿalayhim rij'zan mina l-samāi bimā kānū yaẓlimūna
English But those who wronged among them changed [the words] to a statement other than that which had been said to them. So We sent upon them a punishment from the sky for the wrong that they were doing.
- فَبَدَّلَfabaddalaBut changed
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūwronged
- مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
- قَوْلًاqawlanword
- غَيْرَghayraother than
- ٱلَّذِىalladhī(that) which
- قِيلَqīlawas said
- لَهُمْlahumto them
- فَأَرْسَلْنَاfa-arsalnāSo We sent
- عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimupon them
- رِجْزًۭاrij'zantorment
- مِّنَminafrom
- ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
- بِمَاbimābecause
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
- يَظْلِمُونَyaẓlimūnadoing wrong
Verse 163
وَسْـَٔلْهُمْ عَنِ ٱلْقَرْيَةِ ٱلَّتِى كَانَتْ حَاضِرَةَ ٱلْبَحْرِ إِذْ يَعْدُونَ فِى ٱلسَّبْتِ إِذْ تَأْتِيهِمْ حِيتَانُهُمْ يَوْمَ سَبْتِهِمْ شُرَّعًا وَيَوْمَ لَا يَسْبِتُونَ ۙ لَا تَأْتِيهِمْ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نَبْلُوهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ
Transliteration wasalhum ʿani l-qaryati allatī kānat ḥāḍirata l-baḥri idh yaʿdūna fī l-sabti idh tatīhim ḥītānuhum yawma sabtihim shurraʿan wayawma lā yasbitūna lā tatīhim kadhālika nablūhum bimā kānū yafsuqūna
English And ask them about the town that was by the sea - when they transgressed in [the matter of] the sabbath - when their fish came to them openly on their sabbath day, and the day they had no sabbath they did not come to them. Thus did We give them trial because they were defiantly disobedient.
- وَسْـَٔلْهُمْwasalhumAnd ask them
- عَنِʿaniabout
- ٱلْقَرْيَةِl-qaryatithe town
- ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
- كَانَتْkānatwas
- حَاضِرَةَḥāḍiratasituated
- ٱلْبَحْرِl-baḥri(by) the sea
- إِذْidhwhen
- يَعْدُونَyaʿdūnathey transgressed
- فِىfīin
- ٱلسَّبْتِl-sabtithe (matter of) Sabbath
- إِذْidhwhen
- تَأْتِيهِمْtatīhimcame to them
- حِيتَانُهُمْḥītānuhumtheir fish
- يَوْمَyawma(on the) day
- سَبْتِهِمْsabtihim(of) their Sabbath
- شُرَّعًۭاshurraʿanvisibly
- وَيَوْمَwayawmaand (on the) day
- لَاlānot
- يَسْبِتُونَ ۙyasbitūnathey had Sabbath
- لَاlā(they did) not
- تَأْتِيهِمْ ۚtatīhimcome to them
- كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
- نَبْلُوهُمnablūhumWe test them
- بِمَاbimābecause
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
- يَفْسُقُونَyafsuqūnadefiantly disobeying
Verse 164
وَإِذْ قَالَتْ أُمَّةٌ مِّنْهُمْ لِمَ تَعِظُونَ قَوْمًا ۙ ٱللَّهُ مُهْلِكُهُمْ أَوْ مُعَذِّبُهُمْ عَذَابًا شَدِيدًا ۖ قَالُوا۟ مَعْذِرَةً إِلَىٰ رَبِّكُمْ وَلَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ
Transliteration wa-idh qālat ummatun min'hum lima taʿiẓūna qawman l-lahu muh'likuhum aw muʿadhibuhum ʿadhāban shadīdan qālū maʿdhiratan ilā rabbikum walaʿallahum yattaqūna
English And when a community among them said, "Why do you advise [or warn] a people whom Allāh is [about] to destroy or to punish with a severe punishment?" they [the advisors] said, "To be absolved before your Lord and perhaps they may fear Him."
- وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
- قَالَتْqālatsaid
- أُمَّةٌۭummatuna community
- مِّنْهُمْmin'humamong them
- لِمَlimaWhy
- تَعِظُونَtaʿiẓūna(do) you preach
- قَوْمًا ۙqawmana people
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(whom) Allah
- مُهْلِكُهُمْmuh'likuhum(is going to) destroy them
- أَوْawor
- مُعَذِّبُهُمْmuʿadhibuhumpunish them
- عَذَابًۭاʿadhāban(with) a punishment
- شَدِيدًۭا ۖshadīdansevere
- قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
- مَعْذِرَةًmaʿdhiratanTo be absolved
- إِلَىٰilābefore
- رَبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
- وَلَعَلَّهُمْwalaʿallahumand that they may
- يَتَّقُونَyattaqūnabecome righteous
Verse 165
فَلَمَّا نَسُوا۟ مَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَنجَيْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ يَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلسُّوٓءِ وَأَخَذْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ بِعَذَابٍۭ بَـِٔيسٍۭ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ
Transliteration falammā nasū mā dhukkirū bihi anjaynā alladhīna yanhawna ʿani l-sūi wa-akhadhnā alladhīna ẓalamū biʿadhābin baīsin bimā kānū yafsuqūna
English And when they [i.e., those advised] forgot that by which they had been reminded, We saved those who had forbidden evil and seized those who wronged, with a wretched punishment, because they were defiantly disobeying.
- فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
- نَسُوا۟nasūthey forgot
- مَاmāwhat
- ذُكِّرُوا۟dhukkirūthey had been reminded
- بِهِۦٓbihiwith [it]
- أَنجَيْنَاanjaynāWe saved
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- يَنْهَوْنَyanhawnaforbade
- عَنِʿani[from]
- ٱلسُّوٓءِl-sūithe evil
- وَأَخَذْنَاwa-akhadhnāand We seized
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūwronged
- بِعَذَابٍۭbiʿadhābinwith a punishment
- بَـِٔيسٍۭbaīsinwretched
- بِمَاbimābecause
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
- يَفْسُقُونَyafsuqūnadefiantly disobeying
Verse 166
فَلَمَّا عَتَوْا۟ عَن مَّا نُهُوا۟ عَنْهُ قُلْنَا لَهُمْ كُونُوا۟ قِرَدَةً خَـٰسِـِٔينَ
Transliteration falammā ʿataw ʿan mā nuhū ʿanhu qul'nā lahum kūnū qiradatan khāsiīna
English So when they were insolent about that which they had been forbidden, We said to them, "Be apes, despised."
- فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
- عَتَوْا۟ʿatawthey exceeded all bounds
- عَنʿanabout
- مَّاmāwhat
- نُهُوا۟nuhūthey were forbidden
- عَنْهُʿanhufrom it
- قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
- لَهُمْlahumto them
- كُونُوا۟kūnūBe
- قِرَدَةًqiradatanapes
- خَـٰسِـِٔينَkhāsiīnadespised
Verse 167
وَإِذْ تَأَذَّنَ رَبُّكَ لَيَبْعَثَنَّ عَلَيْهِمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ مَن يَسُومُهُمْ سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَسَرِيعُ ٱلْعِقَابِ ۖ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَغَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
Transliteration wa-idh ta-adhana rabbuka layabʿathanna ʿalayhim ilā yawmi l-qiyāmati man yasūmuhum sūa l-ʿadhābi inna rabbaka lasarīʿu l-ʿiqābi wa-innahu laghafūrun raḥīmun
English And [mention] when your Lord declared that He would surely [continue to] send upon them until the Day of Resurrection those who would afflict them with the worst torment. Indeed, your Lord is swift in penalty; but indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful.
- وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
- تَأَذَّنَta-adhanadeclared
- رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
- لَيَبْعَثَنَّlayabʿathannathat He would surely send
- عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimupon them
- إِلَىٰilātill
- يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
- ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
- مَنman(those) who
- يَسُومُهُمْyasūmuhumwould afflict them
- سُوٓءَsūa(with) a grievous
- ٱلْعَذَابِ ۗl-ʿadhābi[the] punishment
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
- لَسَرِيعُlasarīʿu(is) surely swift
- ٱلْعِقَابِ ۖl-ʿiqābi(in) the retribution
- وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahubut indeed, He
- لَغَفُورٌۭlaghafūrun(is) surely Oft-Forgiving
- رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful
Verse 168
وَقَطَّعْنَـٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أُمَمًا ۖ مِّنْهُمُ ٱلصَّـٰلِحُونَ وَمِنْهُمْ دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ ۖ وَبَلَوْنَـٰهُم بِٱلْحَسَنَـٰتِ وَٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ
Transliteration waqaṭṭaʿnāhum fī l-arḍi umaman min'humu l-ṣāliḥūna wamin'hum dūna dhālika wabalawnāhum bil-ḥasanāti wal-sayiāti laʿallahum yarjiʿūna
English And We divided them throughout the earth into nations. Of them some were righteous, and of them some were otherwise. And We tested them with good [times] and bad that perhaps they would return [to obedience].
- وَقَطَّعْنَـٰهُمْwaqaṭṭaʿnāhumAnd We divided them
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- أُمَمًۭا ۖumaman(as) nations
- مِّنْهُمُmin'humuAmong them
- ٱلصَّـٰلِحُونَl-ṣāliḥūna(are) the righteous
- وَمِنْهُمْwamin'humand among them
- دُونَdūna(are) other than
- ذَٰلِكَ ۖdhālikathat
- وَبَلَوْنَـٰهُمwabalawnāhumAnd We tested them
- بِٱلْحَسَنَـٰتِbil-ḥasanātiwith the good
- وَٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِwal-sayiātiand the bad
- لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
- يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnareturn
Verse 169
فَخَلَفَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ خَلْفٌ وَرِثُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ يَأْخُذُونَ عَرَضَ هَـٰذَا ٱلْأَدْنَىٰ وَيَقُولُونَ سَيُغْفَرُ لَنَا وَإِن يَأْتِهِمْ عَرَضٌ مِّثْلُهُۥ يَأْخُذُوهُ ۚ أَلَمْ يُؤْخَذْ عَلَيْهِم مِّيثَـٰقُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ أَن لَّا يَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْحَقَّ وَدَرَسُوا۟ مَا فِيهِ ۗ وَٱلدَّارُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُ خَيْرٌ لِّلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ ۗ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ
Transliteration fakhalafa min baʿdihim khalfun warithū l-kitāba yakhudhūna ʿaraḍa hādhā l-adnā wayaqūlūna sayugh'faru lanā wa-in yatihim ʿaraḍun mith'luhu yakhudhūhu alam yu'khadh ʿalayhim mīthāqu l-kitābi an lā yaqūlū ʿalā l-lahi illā l-ḥaqa wadarasū mā fīhi wal-dāru l-ākhiratu khayrun lilladhīna yattaqūna afalā taʿqilūna
English And there followed them successors who inherited the Scripture [while] taking the commodities of this lower life and saying, "It will be forgiven for us." And if an offer like it comes to them, they will [again] take it. Was not the covenant of the Scripture [i.e., the Torah] taken from them that they would not say about Allāh except the truth, and they studied what was in it? And the home of the Hereafter is better for those who fear Allāh, so will you not use reason?
- فَخَلَفَfakhalafaThen succeeded
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِهِمْbaʿdihimafter them
- خَلْفٌۭkhalfunsuccessors
- وَرِثُوا۟warithū(who) inherited
- ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
- يَأْخُذُونَyakhudhūnataking
- عَرَضَʿaraḍagoods
- هَـٰذَاhādhā(of) this
- ٱلْأَدْنَىٰl-adnāthe lower (life)
- وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaand they say
- سَيُغْفَرُsayugh'faruIt will be forgiven
- لَنَاlanāfor us
- وَإِنwa-inAnd if
- يَأْتِهِمْyatihimcomes to them
- عَرَضٌۭʿaraḍungoods
- مِّثْلُهُۥmith'luhusimilar to it
- يَأْخُذُوهُ ۚyakhudhūhuthey will take it
- أَلَمْalamWas not
- يُؤْخَذْyu'khadhtaken
- عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimon them
- مِّيثَـٰقُmīthāquCovenant
- ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābi(of) the Book
- أَنanthat
- لَّاlānot
- يَقُولُوا۟yaqūlūthey will say
- عَلَىʿalāabout
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- ٱلْحَقَّl-ḥaqathe truth
- وَدَرَسُوا۟wadarasūwhile they studied
- مَاmāwhat
- فِيهِ ۗfīhi(is) in it
- وَٱلدَّارُwal-dāruAnd the home
- ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةُl-ākhiratu(of) the Hereafter
- خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
- لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those who
- يَتَّقُونَ ۗyattaqūnafear Allah
- أَفَلَاafalāSo will not
- تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnayou use intellect
Verse 170
وَٱلَّذِينَ يُمَسِّكُونَ بِٱلْكِتَـٰبِ وَأَقَامُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ إِنَّا لَا نُضِيعُ أَجْرَ ٱلْمُصْلِحِينَ
Transliteration wa-alladhīna yumassikūna bil-kitābi wa-aqāmū l-ṣalata innā lā nuḍīʿu ajra l-muṣ'liḥīna
English But those who hold fast to the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] and establish prayer - indeed, We will not allow to be lost the reward of the reformers.
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
- يُمَسِّكُونَyumassikūnahold fast
- بِٱلْكِتَـٰبِbil-kitābito the Book
- وَأَقَامُوا۟wa-aqāmūand establish
- ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
- إِنَّاinnāindeed, We
- لَاlā(will) not
- نُضِيعُnuḍīʿu[We] let go waste
- أَجْرَajra(the) reward
- ٱلْمُصْلِحِينَl-muṣ'liḥīna(of) the reformers
Verse 171
۞ وَإِذْ نَتَقْنَا ٱلْجَبَلَ فَوْقَهُمْ كَأَنَّهُۥ ظُلَّةٌ وَظَنُّوٓا۟ أَنَّهُۥ وَاقِعٌۢ بِهِمْ خُذُوا۟ مَآ ءَاتَيْنَـٰكُم بِقُوَّةٍ وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ مَا فِيهِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ
Transliteration wa-idh nataqnā l-jabala fawqahum ka-annahu ẓullatun waẓannū annahu wāqiʿun bihim khudhū mā ātaynākum biquwwatin wa-udh'kurū mā fīhi laʿallakum tattaqūna
English And [mention] when We raised the mountain above them as if it was a dark cloud and they were certain that it would fall upon them, [and Allāh said], "Take what We have given you with determination and remember what is in it that you might fear Allāh."
- ۞ وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
- نَتَقْنَاnataqnāWe raised
- ٱلْجَبَلَl-jabalathe mountain
- فَوْقَهُمْfawqahumabove them
- كَأَنَّهُۥka-annahuas if it was
- ظُلَّةٌۭẓullatuna canopy
- وَظَنُّوٓا۟waẓannūand they thought
- أَنَّهُۥannahuthat it
- وَاقِعٌۢwāqiʿun(would) fall
- بِهِمْbihimupon them
- خُذُوا۟khudhū(We said), "Take
- مَآmāwhat
- ءَاتَيْنَـٰكُمātaynākumWe have given you
- بِقُوَّةٍۢbiquwwatinwith strength
- وَٱذْكُرُوا۟wa-udh'kurūand remember
- مَاmāwhat
- فِيهِfīhi(is) in it
- لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
- تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnafear Allah
Verse 172
وَإِذْ أَخَذَ رَبُّكَ مِنۢ بَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ مِن ظُهُورِهِمْ ذُرِّيَّتَهُمْ وَأَشْهَدَهُمْ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَلَسْتُ بِرَبِّكُمْ ۖ قَالُوا۟ بَلَىٰ ۛ شَهِدْنَآ ۛ أَن تَقُولُوا۟ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ إِنَّا كُنَّا عَنْ هَـٰذَا غَـٰفِلِينَ
Transliteration wa-idh akhadha rabbuka min banī ādama min ẓuhūrihim dhurriyyatahum wa-ashhadahum ʿalā anfusihim alastu birabbikum qālū balā shahid'nā an taqūlū yawma l-qiyāmati innā kunnā ʿan hādhā ghāfilīna
English And [mention] when your Lord took from the children of Adam - from their loins - their descendants and made them testify of themselves, [saying to them], "Am I not your Lord?" They said, "Yes, we have testified." [This] - lest you should say on the Day of Resurrection, "Indeed, we were of this unaware."
- وَإِذْwa-idhAnd when
- أَخَذَakhadha(was) taken
- رَبُّكَrabbuka(by) your Lord
- مِنۢminfrom
- بَنِىٓbanī(the) Children
- ءَادَمَādama(of) Adam
- مِنminfrom
- ظُهُورِهِمْẓuhūrihimtheir loins
- ذُرِّيَّتَهُمْdhurriyyatahumtheir descendants
- وَأَشْهَدَهُمْwa-ashhadahumand made them testify
- عَلَىٰٓʿalāover
- أَنفُسِهِمْanfusihimthemselves
- أَلَسْتُalastuAm I not
- بِرَبِّكُمْ ۖbirabbikumyour Lord
- قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
- بَلَىٰ ۛbalāYes
- شَهِدْنَآ ۛshahid'nāwe have testified
- أَنanLest
- تَقُولُوا۟taqūlūyou say
- يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
- ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
- إِنَّاinnāIndeed
- كُنَّاkunnāwe were
- عَنْʿanabout
- هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
- غَـٰفِلِينَghāfilīnaunaware
Verse 173
أَوْ تَقُولُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أَشْرَكَ ءَابَآؤُنَا مِن قَبْلُ وَكُنَّا ذُرِّيَّةً مِّنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ ۖ أَفَتُهْلِكُنَا بِمَا فَعَلَ ٱلْمُبْطِلُونَ
Transliteration aw taqūlū innamā ashraka ābāunā min qablu wakunnā dhurriyyatan min baʿdihim afatuh'likunā bimā faʿala l-mub'ṭilūna
English Or [lest] you say, "It was only that our fathers associated [others in worship] with Allāh before, and we were but descendants after them. Then would You destroy us for what the falsifiers have done?"
- أَوْawOr
- تَقُولُوٓا۟taqūlūyou say
- إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
- أَشْرَكَashrakapartners (were) associated (with Allah)
- ءَابَآؤُنَاābāunā(by) our forefathers
- مِنminfrom
- قَبْلُqablubefore (us)
- وَكُنَّاwakunnāand we are
- ذُرِّيَّةًۭdhurriyyatandescendants
- مِّنۢminfrom
- بَعْدِهِمْ ۖbaʿdihimafter them
- أَفَتُهْلِكُنَاafatuh'likunāSo will You destroy us
- بِمَاbimāfor what
- فَعَلَfaʿaladid
- ٱلْمُبْطِلُونَl-mub'ṭilūnathe falsifiers
Verse 174
وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ وَلَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ
Transliteration wakadhālika nufaṣṣilu l-āyāti walaʿallahum yarjiʿūna
English And thus do We [explain in] detail the verses, and perhaps they will return.
- وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
- نُفَصِّلُnufaṣṣiluWe explain
- ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Verses
- وَلَعَلَّهُمْwalaʿallahumso that they may
- يَرْجِعُونَyarjiʿūnareturn
Verse 175
وَٱتْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ نَبَأَ ٱلَّذِىٓ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُ ءَايَـٰتِنَا فَٱنسَلَخَ مِنْهَا فَأَتْبَعَهُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ فَكَانَ مِنَ ٱلْغَاوِينَ
Transliteration wa-ut'lu ʿalayhim naba-a alladhī ātaynāhu āyātinā fa-insalakha min'hā fa-atbaʿahu l-shayṭānu fakāna mina l-ghāwīna
English And recite to them, [O Muḥammad], the news of him to whom We gave [knowledge of] Our signs, but he detached himself from them; so Satan pursued him, and he became of the deviators.
- وَٱتْلُwa-ut'luAnd recite
- عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
- نَبَأَnaba-a(the) story
- ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(of the) one whom
- ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُātaynāhuWe gave [him]
- ءَايَـٰتِنَاāyātināOur Verses
- فَٱنسَلَخَfa-insalakhabut he detached
- مِنْهَاmin'hā[from] them
- فَأَتْبَعَهُfa-atbaʿahuso followed him
- ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
- فَكَانَfakānaand he became
- مِنَminaof
- ٱلْغَاوِينَl-ghāwīnathose gone astray
Verse 176
وَلَوْ شِئْنَا لَرَفَعْنَـٰهُ بِهَا وَلَـٰكِنَّهُۥٓ أَخْلَدَ إِلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱتَّبَعَ هَوَىٰهُ ۚ فَمَثَلُهُۥ كَمَثَلِ ٱلْكَلْبِ إِن تَحْمِلْ عَلَيْهِ يَلْهَثْ أَوْ تَتْرُكْهُ يَلْهَث ۚ ذَّٰلِكَ مَثَلُ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا ۚ فَٱقْصُصِ ٱلْقَصَصَ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَفَكَّرُونَ
Transliteration walaw shi'nā larafaʿnāhu bihā walākinnahu akhlada ilā l-arḍi wa-ittabaʿa hawāhu famathaluhu kamathali l-kalbi in taḥmil ʿalayhi yalhath aw tatruk'hu yalhath dhālika mathalu l-qawmi alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā fa-uq'ṣuṣi l-qaṣaṣa laʿallahum yatafakkarūna
English And if We had willed, We could have elevated him thereby, but he adhered [instead] to the earth and followed his own desire. So his example is like that of the dog: if you chase him, he pants, or if you leave him, he [still] pants. That is the example of the people who denied Our signs. So relate the stories that perhaps they will give thought.
- وَلَوْwalawAnd if
- شِئْنَاshi'nāWe willed
- لَرَفَعْنَـٰهُlarafaʿnāhusurely, We (could) have raised him
- بِهَاbihāwith these
- وَلَـٰكِنَّهُۥٓwalākinnahu[and] but he
- أَخْلَدَakhladaadhered
- إِلَىilāto
- ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
- وَٱتَّبَعَwa-ittabaʿaand followed
- هَوَىٰهُ ۚhawāhuhis (vain) desires
- فَمَثَلُهُۥfamathaluhuSo his example
- كَمَثَلِkamathali(is) like (the) example
- ٱلْكَلْبِl-kalbi(of) the dog
- إِنinif
- تَحْمِلْtaḥmilyou attack
- عَلَيْهِʿalayhi[on] him
- يَلْهَثْyalhathhe lolls out his tongue
- أَوْawor
- تَتْرُكْهُtatruk'huif you leave him
- يَلْهَث ۚyalhathhe lolls out his tongue
- ذَّٰلِكَdhālikaThat
- مَثَلُmathalu(is the) example
- ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmi(of) the people
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا ۚbiāyātinā[in] Our Signs
- فَٱقْصُصِfa-uq'ṣuṣiSo relate
- ٱلْقَصَصَl-qaṣaṣathe story
- لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
- يَتَفَكَّرُونَyatafakkarūnareflect
Verse 177
سَآءَ مَثَلًا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَأَنفُسَهُمْ كَانُوا۟ يَظْلِمُونَ
Transliteration sāa mathalan l-qawmu alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā wa-anfusahum kānū yaẓlimūna
English How evil an example [is that of] the people who denied Our signs and used to wrong themselves.
- سَآءَsāaEvil
- مَثَلًاmathalan(as) an example
- ٱلْقَوْمُl-qawmu(are) the people
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
- وَأَنفُسَهُمْwa-anfusahumand themselves
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
- يَظْلِمُونَyaẓlimūnawrong
Verse 178
مَن يَهْدِ ٱللَّهُ فَهُوَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِى ۖ وَمَن يُضْلِلْ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْخَـٰسِرُونَ
Transliteration man yahdi l-lahu fahuwa l-muh'tadī waman yuḍ'lil fa-ulāika humu l-khāsirūna
English Whoever Allāh guides - he is the [rightly] guided; and whoever He sends astray - it is those who are the losers.
- مَنmanWhoever
- يَهْدِyahdi(is) guided
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
- فَهُوَfahuwathen he
- ٱلْمُهْتَدِى ۖl-muh'tadī(is) the guided one
- وَمَنwamanwhile whoever
- يُضْلِلْyuḍ'lilHe lets go astray
- فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
- هُمُhumu[they]
- ٱلْخَـٰسِرُونَl-khāsirūna(are) the losers
Verse 179
وَلَقَدْ ذَرَأْنَا لِجَهَنَّمَ كَثِيرًا مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ ۖ لَهُمْ قُلُوبٌ لَّا يَفْقَهُونَ بِهَا وَلَهُمْ أَعْيُنٌ لَّا يُبْصِرُونَ بِهَا وَلَهُمْ ءَاذَانٌ لَّا يَسْمَعُونَ بِهَآ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ كَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ بَلْ هُمْ أَضَلُّ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْغَـٰفِلُونَ
Transliteration walaqad dharanā lijahannama kathīran mina l-jini wal-insi lahum qulūbun lā yafqahūna bihā walahum aʿyunun lā yub'ṣirūna bihā walahum ādhānun lā yasmaʿūna bihā ulāika kal-anʿāmi bal hum aḍallu ulāika humu l-ghāfilūna
English And We have certainly created for Hell many of the jinn and mankind. They have hearts with which they do not understand, they have eyes with which they do not see, and they have ears with which they do not hear. Those are like livestock; rather, they are more astray. It is they who are the heedless.
- وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
- ذَرَأْنَاdharanāWe have created
- لِجَهَنَّمَlijahannamafor Hell
- كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmany
- مِّنَminaof
- ٱلْجِنِّl-jinithe jinn
- وَٱلْإِنسِ ۖwal-insiand men
- لَهُمْlahumFor them
- قُلُوبٌۭqulūbun(are) hearts
- لَّاlā(but) not
- يَفْقَهُونَyafqahūnathey understand
- بِهَاbihāwith them
- وَلَهُمْwalahumand for them
- أَعْيُنٌۭaʿyunun(are) eyes
- لَّاlā(but) not
- يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūnathey see
- بِهَاbihāwith them
- وَلَهُمْwalahumand for them
- ءَاذَانٌۭādhānun(are) ears
- لَّاlā(but) not
- يَسْمَعُونَyasmaʿūnathey hear
- بِهَآ ۚbihāwith them
- أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
- كَٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِkal-anʿāmi(are) like cattle
- بَلْbalnay
- هُمْhumthey
- أَضَلُّ ۚaḍallu(are) more astray
- أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
- هُمُhumuthey
- ٱلْغَـٰفِلُونَl-ghāfilūna(are) the heedless
Verse 180
وَلِلَّهِ ٱلْأَسْمَآءُ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ فَٱدْعُوهُ بِهَا ۖ وَذَرُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يُلْحِدُونَ فِىٓ أَسْمَـٰٓئِهِۦ ۚ سَيُجْزَوْنَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
Transliteration walillahi l-asmāu l-ḥus'nā fa-id'ʿūhu bihā wadharū alladhīna yul'ḥidūna fī asmāihi sayuj'zawna mā kānū yaʿmalūna
English And to Allāh belong the best names, so invoke Him by them. And leave [the company of] those who practice deviation concerning His names. They will be recompensed for what they have been doing.
- وَلِلَّهِwalillahiAnd for Allah
- ٱلْأَسْمَآءُl-asmāu(are) the names
- ٱلْحُسْنَىٰl-ḥus'nāthe most beautiful
- فَٱدْعُوهُfa-id'ʿūhuso invoke Him
- بِهَا ۖbihāby them
- وَذَرُوا۟wadharūAnd leave
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- يُلْحِدُونَyul'ḥidūnadeviate
- فِىٓfīconcerning
- أَسْمَـٰٓئِهِۦ ۚasmāihiHis names
- سَيُجْزَوْنَsayuj'zawnaThey will be recompensed
- مَاmāfor what
- كَانُوا۟kānūthey used to
- يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado
Verse 181
وَمِمَّنْ خَلَقْنَآ أُمَّةٌ يَهْدُونَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَبِهِۦ يَعْدِلُونَ
Transliteration wamimman khalaqnā ummatun yahdūna bil-ḥaqi wabihi yaʿdilūna
English And among those We created is a community which guides by truth and thereby establishes justice.
- وَمِمَّنْwamimmanAnd of (those) whom
- خَلَقْنَآkhalaqnāWe have created
- أُمَّةٌۭummatun(is) a nation
- يَهْدُونَyahdūnawho guides
- بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiwith the truth
- وَبِهِۦwabihiand thereby
- يَعْدِلُونَyaʿdilūnathey establish justice
Verse 182
وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا سَنَسْتَدْرِجُهُم مِّنْ حَيْثُ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ
Transliteration wa-alladhīna kadhabū biāyātinā sanastadrijuhum min ḥaythu lā yaʿlamūna
English But those who deny Our signs - We will progressively lead them [to destruction] from where they do not know.
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaBut those who
- كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūdenied
- بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināOur Signs
- سَنَسْتَدْرِجُهُمsanastadrijuhumWe will gradually lead them
- مِّنْminfrom
- حَيْثُḥaythuwhere
- لَاlānot
- يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnathey know
Verse 183
وَأُمْلِى لَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ كَيْدِى مَتِينٌ
Transliteration wa-um'lī lahum inna kaydī matīnun
English And I will give them time. Indeed, My plan is firm.
- وَأُمْلِىwa-um'līAnd I will give respite
- لَهُمْ ۚlahumto them
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- كَيْدِىkaydīMy plan
- مَتِينٌmatīnun(is) firm
Verse 184
أَوَلَمْ يَتَفَكَّرُوا۟ ۗ مَا بِصَاحِبِهِم مِّن جِنَّةٍ ۚ إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ
Transliteration awalam yatafakkarū mā biṣāḥibihim min jinnatin in huwa illā nadhīrun mubīnun
English Then do they not give thought? There is in their companion [i.e., Muḥammad (ﷺ)] no madness. He is not but a clear warner.
- أَوَلَمْawalamDo not
- يَتَفَكَّرُوا۟ ۗyatafakkarūthey reflect
- مَاmāNot
- بِصَاحِبِهِمbiṣāḥibihimin their companion
- مِّنmin[of]
- جِنَّةٍ ۚjinnatin(is) any madness
- إِنْinNot
- هُوَhuwahe
- إِلَّاillā(is) but
- نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
- مُّبِينٌmubīnunclear
Verse 185
أَوَلَمْ يَنظُرُوا۟ فِى مَلَكُوتِ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا خَلَقَ ٱللَّهُ مِن شَىْءٍ وَأَنْ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَكُونَ قَدِ ٱقْتَرَبَ أَجَلُهُمْ ۖ فَبِأَىِّ حَدِيثٍۭ بَعْدَهُۥ يُؤْمِنُونَ
Transliteration awalam yanẓurū fī malakūti l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wamā khalaqa l-lahu min shayin wa-an ʿasā an yakūna qadi iq'taraba ajaluhum fabi-ayyi ḥadīthin baʿdahu yu'minūna
English Do they not look into the realm of the heavens and the earth and everything that Allāh has created and [think] that perhaps their appointed time has come near? So in what statement [i.e., message] hereafter will they believe?
- أَوَلَمْawalamDo not
- يَنظُرُوا۟yanẓurūthey look
- فِىfīin
- مَلَكُوتِmalakūti(the) dominion
- ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
- وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
- وَمَاwamāand what
- خَلَقَkhalaqahas (been) created
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
- مِنminof
- شَىْءٍۢshayin(every)thing
- وَأَنْwa-anand that
- عَسَىٰٓʿasāperhaps
- أَنan[that]
- يَكُونَyakūnahas
- قَدِqadiverily
- ٱقْتَرَبَiq'tarabacome near
- أَجَلُهُمْ ۖajaluhumtheir term
- فَبِأَىِّfabi-ayyiSo in what
- حَدِيثٍۭḥadīthinstatement
- بَعْدَهُۥbaʿdahuafter this
- يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawill they believe
Verse 186
مَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَلَا هَادِىَ لَهُۥ ۚ وَيَذَرُهُمْ فِى طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ
Transliteration man yuḍ'lili l-lahu falā hādiya lahu wayadharuhum fī ṭugh'yānihim yaʿmahūna
English Whoever Allāh sends astray - there is no guide for him. And He leaves them in their transgression, wandering blindly.
- مَنmanWhoever
- يُضْلِلِyuḍ'lili(is) let go astray
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(by) Allah
- فَلَاfalāthen (there is) no
- هَادِىَhādiyaguide
- لَهُۥ ۚlahufor him
- وَيَذَرُهُمْwayadharuhumAnd He leaves them
- فِىfīin
- طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْṭugh'yānihimtheir transgression
- يَعْمَهُونَyaʿmahūnawandering blindly
Verse 187
يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلسَّاعَةِ أَيَّانَ مُرْسَىٰهَا ۖ قُلْ إِنَّمَا عِلْمُهَا عِندَ رَبِّى ۖ لَا يُجَلِّيهَا لِوَقْتِهَآ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ ثَقُلَتْ فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ لَا تَأْتِيكُمْ إِلَّا بَغْتَةً ۗ يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ كَأَنَّكَ حَفِىٌّ عَنْهَا ۖ قُلْ إِنَّمَا عِلْمُهَا عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ
Transliteration yasalūnaka ʿani l-sāʿati ayyāna mur'sāhā qul innamā ʿil'muhā ʿinda rabbī lā yujallīhā liwaqtihā illā huwa thaqulat fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi lā tatīkum illā baghtatan yasalūnaka ka-annaka ḥafiyyun ʿanhā qul innamā ʿil'muhā ʿinda l-lahi walākinna akthara l-nāsi lā yaʿlamūna
English They ask you, [O Muḥammad], about the Hour: when is its arrival? Say, "Its knowledge is only with my Lord. None will reveal its time except Him. It lays heavily upon the heavens and the earth. It will not come upon you except unexpectedly." They ask you as if you are familiar with it. Say, "Its knowledge is only with Allāh, but most of the people do not know."
- يَسْـَٔلُونَكَyasalūnakaThey ask you
- عَنِʿaniabout
- ٱلسَّاعَةِl-sāʿatithe Hour
- أَيَّانَayyānawhen will be
- مُرْسَىٰهَا ۖmur'sāhāits appointed time
- قُلْqulSay
- إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
- عِلْمُهَاʿil'muhāits knowledge
- عِندَʿinda(is) with
- رَبِّى ۖrabbīmy Lord
- لَاlāno (one)
- يُجَلِّيهَاyujallīhācan reveal [it]
- لِوَقْتِهَآliwaqtihāits time
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- هُوَ ۚhuwaHim
- ثَقُلَتْthaqulatIt lays heavily
- فِىfīin
- ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
- وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚwal-arḍiand the earth
- لَاlāNot
- تَأْتِيكُمْtatīkumwill it come to you
- إِلَّاillābut
- بَغْتَةًۭ ۗbaghtatansuddenly
- يَسْـَٔلُونَكَyasalūnakaThey ask you
- كَأَنَّكَka-annakaas if you
- حَفِىٌّḥafiyyun(were) well informed
- عَنْهَا ۖʿanhāabout it
- قُلْqulSay
- إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
- عِلْمُهَاʿil'muhāits knowledge
- عِندَʿinda(is) with
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
- أَكْثَرَaktharamost
- ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the people
- لَاlā(do) not
- يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow
Verse 188
قُل لَّآ أَمْلِكُ لِنَفْسِى نَفْعًا وَلَا ضَرًّا إِلَّا مَا شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَلَوْ كُنتُ أَعْلَمُ ٱلْغَيْبَ لَٱسْتَكْثَرْتُ مِنَ ٱلْخَيْرِ وَمَا مَسَّنِىَ ٱلسُّوٓءُ ۚ إِنْ أَنَا۠ إِلَّا نَذِيرٌ وَبَشِيرٌ لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ
Transliteration qul lā amliku linafsī nafʿan walā ḍarran illā mā shāa l-lahu walaw kuntu aʿlamu l-ghayba la-is'takthartu mina l-khayri wamā massaniya l-sūu in anā illā nadhīrun wabashīrun liqawmin yu'minūna
English Say, "I hold not for myself [the power of] benefit or harm, except what Allāh has willed. And if I knew the unseen, I could have acquired much wealth, and no harm would have touched me. I am not except a warner and a bringer of good tidings to a people who believe."
- قُلqulSay
- لَّآlāNot
- أَمْلِكُamlikuI have power
- لِنَفْسِىlinafsīfor myself
- نَفْعًۭاnafʿan(to) benefit
- وَلَاwalāand no
- ضَرًّاḍarran(power to) harm
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- مَاmāwhat
- شَآءَshāawills
- ٱللَّهُ ۚl-lahuAllah
- وَلَوْwalawAnd if
- كُنتُkuntuI would
- أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknow
- ٱلْغَيْبَl-ghayba(of) the unseen
- لَٱسْتَكْثَرْتُla-is'takthartusurely I could have multiplied
- مِنَminaof
- ٱلْخَيْرِl-khayrithe good
- وَمَاwamāand not
- مَسَّنِىَmassaniya(could) have touched me
- ٱلسُّوٓءُ ۚl-sūuthe evil
- إِنْinNot
- أَنَا۠anā(am) I
- إِلَّاillāexcept
- نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
- وَبَشِيرٌۭwabashīrunand a bearer of good tidings
- لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminto a people
- يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawho believe
Verse 189
۞ هُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍ وَٰحِدَةٍ وَجَعَلَ مِنْهَا زَوْجَهَا لِيَسْكُنَ إِلَيْهَا ۖ فَلَمَّا تَغَشَّىٰهَا حَمَلَتْ حَمْلًا خَفِيفًا فَمَرَّتْ بِهِۦ ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَثْقَلَت دَّعَوَا ٱللَّهَ رَبَّهُمَا لَئِنْ ءَاتَيْتَنَا صَـٰلِحًا لَّنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَ
Transliteration huwa alladhī khalaqakum min nafsin wāḥidatin wajaʿala min'hā zawjahā liyaskuna ilayhā falammā taghashāhā ḥamalat ḥamlan khafīfan famarrat bihi falammā athqalat daʿawā l-laha rabbahumā la-in ātaytanā ṣāliḥan lanakūnanna mina l-shākirīna
English It is He who created you from one soul and created from it its mate that he might dwell in security with her. And when he [i.e., man] covers her, she carries a light burden [i.e., a pregnancy] and continues therein. And when it becomes heavy, they both invoke Allāh, their Lord, "If You should give us a good [child], we will surely be among the grateful."
- ۞ هُوَhuwaHe
- ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
- خَلَقَكُمkhalaqakumcreated you
- مِّنminfrom
- نَّفْسٍۢnafsina soul
- وَٰحِدَةٍۢwāḥidatinsingle
- وَجَعَلَwajaʿalaand made
- مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
- زَوْجَهَاzawjahāits mate
- لِيَسْكُنَliyaskunathat he might live
- إِلَيْهَا ۖilayhāwith her
- فَلَمَّاfalammāAnd when
- تَغَشَّىٰهَاtaghashāhāhe covers her
- حَمَلَتْḥamalatshe carries
- حَمْلًاḥamlana burden
- خَفِيفًۭاkhafīfanlight
- فَمَرَّتْfamarratand continues
- بِهِۦ ۖbihiwith it
- فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
- أَثْقَلَتathqalatshe grows heavy
- دَّعَوَاdaʿawāthey both invoke
- ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
- رَبَّهُمَاrabbahumātheir Lord
- لَئِنْla-inIf
- ءَاتَيْتَنَاātaytanāYou give us
- صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥana righteous (child)
- لَّنَكُونَنَّlanakūnannasurely we will be
- مِنَminaamong
- ٱلشَّـٰكِرِينَl-shākirīnathe thankful
Verse 190
فَلَمَّآ ءَاتَىٰهُمَا صَـٰلِحًا جَعَلَا لَهُۥ شُرَكَآءَ فِيمَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمَا ۚ فَتَعَـٰلَى ٱللَّهُ عَمَّا يُشْرِكُونَ
Transliteration falammā ātāhumā ṣāliḥan jaʿalā lahu shurakāa fīmā ātāhumā fataʿālā l-lahu ʿammā yush'rikūna
English But when He gives them a good [child], they ascribe partners to Him concerning that which He has given them. Exalted is Allāh above what they associate with Him.
- فَلَمَّآfalammāBut when
- ءَاتَىٰهُمَاātāhumāHe gives them
- صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥana good, (child)
- جَعَلَاjaʿalāthey make
- لَهُۥlahufor Him
- شُرَكَآءَshurakāapartners
- فِيمَآfīmāin what
- ءَاتَىٰهُمَا ۚātāhumāHe has given them
- فَتَعَـٰلَىfataʿālāBut exalted
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
- عَمَّاʿammāabove what
- يُشْرِكُونَyush'rikūnathey associate (with Him)
Verse 191
أَيُشْرِكُونَ مَا لَا يَخْلُقُ شَيْـًٔا وَهُمْ يُخْلَقُونَ
Transliteration ayush'rikūna mā lā yakhluqu shayan wahum yukh'laqūna
English Do they associate with Him those who create nothing and they are [themselves] created?
- أَيُشْرِكُونَayush'rikūnaDo they associate
- مَاmāwhat
- لَاlā(can) not
- يَخْلُقُyakhluqucreate
- شَيْـًۭٔاshayananything
- وَهُمْwahumand they
- يُخْلَقُونَyukh'laqūnaare created
Verse 192
وَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ لَهُمْ نَصْرًا وَلَآ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَنصُرُونَ
Transliteration walā yastaṭīʿūna lahum naṣran walā anfusahum yanṣurūna
English And they [i.e., the false deities] are unable to [give] them help, nor can they help themselves.
- وَلَاwalāAnd not
- يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey are able
- لَهُمْlahumto (give) them
- نَصْرًۭاnaṣranany help
- وَلَآwalāand not
- أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
- يَنصُرُونَyanṣurūnacan they help
Verse 193
وَإِن تَدْعُوهُمْ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ لَا يَتَّبِعُوكُمْ ۚ سَوَآءٌ عَلَيْكُمْ أَدَعَوْتُمُوهُمْ أَمْ أَنتُمْ صَـٰمِتُونَ
Transliteration wa-in tadʿūhum ilā l-hudā lā yattabiʿūkum sawāon ʿalaykum adaʿawtumūhum am antum ṣāmitūna
English And if you [believers] invite them to guidance, they will not follow you. It is all the same for you whether you invite them or you are silent.
- وَإِنwa-inAnd if
- تَدْعُوهُمْtadʿūhumyou call them
- إِلَىilāto
- ٱلْهُدَىٰl-hudāthe guidance
- لَاlānot
- يَتَّبِعُوكُمْ ۚyattabiʿūkumwill they follow you
- سَوَآءٌsawāon(It is) same
- عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumfor you
- أَدَعَوْتُمُوهُمْadaʿawtumūhumwhether you call them
- أَمْamor
- أَنتُمْantumyou
- صَـٰمِتُونَṣāmitūnaremain silent
Verse 194
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ عِبَادٌ أَمْثَالُكُمْ ۖ فَٱدْعُوهُمْ فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُوا۟ لَكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ
Transliteration inna alladhīna tadʿūna min dūni l-lahi ʿibādun amthālukum fa-id'ʿūhum falyastajībū lakum in kuntum ṣādiqīna
English Indeed, those you [polytheists] call upon besides Allāh are servants [i.e., creations] like you. So call upon them and let them respond to you, if you should be truthful.
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
- تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou call
- مِنminfrom
- دُونِdūnibesides
- ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
- عِبَادٌʿibādun(are) slaves
- أَمْثَالُكُمْ ۖamthālukumlike you
- فَٱدْعُوهُمْfa-id'ʿūhumSo invoke them
- فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُوا۟falyastajībūand let them respond
- لَكُمْlakumto you
- إِنinif
- كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
- صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful
Verse 195
أَلَهُمْ أَرْجُلٌ يَمْشُونَ بِهَآ ۖ أَمْ لَهُمْ أَيْدٍ يَبْطِشُونَ بِهَآ ۖ أَمْ لَهُمْ أَعْيُنٌ يُبْصِرُونَ بِهَآ ۖ أَمْ لَهُمْ ءَاذَانٌ يَسْمَعُونَ بِهَا ۗ قُلِ ٱدْعُوا۟ شُرَكَآءَكُمْ ثُمَّ كِيدُونِ فَلَا تُنظِرُونِ
Transliteration alahum arjulun yamshūna bihā am lahum aydin yabṭishūna bihā am lahum aʿyunun yub'ṣirūna bihā am lahum ādhānun yasmaʿūna bihā quli id'ʿū shurakāakum thumma kīdūni falā tunẓirūni
English Do they have feet by which they walk? Or do they have hands by which they strike? Or do they have eyes by which they see? Or do they have ears by which they hear? Say, [O Muḥammad], "Call your 'partners' and then conspire against me and give me no respite.
- أَلَهُمْalahumAre for them
- أَرْجُلٌۭarjulunfeet
- يَمْشُونَyamshūna(to) walk
- بِهَآ ۖbihāwith [it]
- أَمْamor
- لَهُمْlahumfor them
- أَيْدٍۢaydinhands
- يَبْطِشُونَyabṭishūna(to) hold
- بِهَآ ۖbihāwith [it]
- أَمْamor
- لَهُمْlahumfor them
- أَعْيُنٌۭaʿyununeyes
- يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūna(to) see
- بِهَآ ۖbihāwith [it]
- أَمْamor
- لَهُمْlahumfor them
- ءَاذَانٌۭādhānunears
- يَسْمَعُونَyasmaʿūna(to) hear
- بِهَا ۗbihāwith [it]
- قُلِquliSay
- ٱدْعُوا۟id'ʿūCall
- شُرَكَآءَكُمْshurakāakumyour partners
- ثُمَّthummathen
- كِيدُونِkīdūnischeme against me
- فَلَاfalāand (do) not
- تُنظِرُونِtunẓirūnigive me respite
Verse 196
إِنَّ وَلِـِّۧىَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِى نَزَّلَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ ۖ وَهُوَ يَتَوَلَّى ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ
Transliteration inna waliyyiya l-lahu alladhī nazzala l-kitāba wahuwa yatawallā l-ṣāliḥīna
English Indeed, my protector is Allāh, who has sent down the Book; and He is an ally to the righteous.
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- وَلِـِّۧىَwaliyyiyamy protector
- ٱللَّهُl-lahu(is) Allah
- ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
- نَزَّلَnazzalarevealed
- ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ ۖl-kitābathe Book
- وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
- يَتَوَلَّىyatawallāprotects
- ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَl-ṣāliḥīnathe righteous
Verse 197
وَٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِهِۦ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ نَصْرَكُمْ وَلَآ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَنصُرُونَ
Transliteration wa-alladhīna tadʿūna min dūnihi lā yastaṭīʿūna naṣrakum walā anfusahum yanṣurūna
English And those you call upon besides Him are unable to help you, nor can they help themselves."
- وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those whom
- تَدْعُونَtadʿūnayou invoke
- مِنminfrom
- دُونِهِۦdūnihibesides Him
- لَاlānot
- يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey are able
- نَصْرَكُمْnaṣrakum(to) help you
- وَلَآwalāand not
- أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumthemselves
- يَنصُرُونَyanṣurūnacan they help
Verse 198
وَإِن تَدْعُوهُمْ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ لَا يَسْمَعُوا۟ ۖ وَتَرَىٰهُمْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَيْكَ وَهُمْ لَا يُبْصِرُونَ
Transliteration wa-in tadʿūhum ilā l-hudā lā yasmaʿū watarāhum yanẓurūna ilayka wahum lā yub'ṣirūna
English And if you invite them to guidance, they do not hear; and you see them looking at you while they do not see.
- وَإِنwa-inAnd if
- تَدْعُوهُمْtadʿūhumyou call them
- إِلَىilāto
- ٱلْهُدَىٰl-hudāthe guidance
- لَاlānot
- يَسْمَعُوا۟ ۖyasmaʿūdo they not
- وَتَرَىٰهُمْwatarāhumAnd you see them
- يَنظُرُونَyanẓurūnalooking
- إِلَيْكَilaykaat you
- وَهُمْwahumbut they
- لَاlānot
- يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūna(do) they see
Verse 199
خُذِ ٱلْعَفْوَ وَأْمُرْ بِٱلْعُرْفِ وَأَعْرِضْ عَنِ ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَ
Transliteration khudhi l-ʿafwa wamur bil-ʿur'fi wa-aʿriḍ ʿani l-jāhilīna
English Take what is given freely, enjoin what is good, and turn away from the ignorant.
- خُذِkhudhiHold
- ٱلْعَفْوَl-ʿafwa(to) forgiveness
- وَأْمُرْwamurand enjoin
- بِٱلْعُرْفِbil-ʿur'fithe good
- وَأَعْرِضْwa-aʿriḍand turn away
- عَنِʿanifrom
- ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَl-jāhilīnathe ignorant
Verse 200
وَإِمَّا يَنزَغَنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ نَزْغٌ فَٱسْتَعِذْ بِٱللَّهِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ
Transliteration wa-immā yanzaghannaka mina l-shayṭāni nazghun fa-is'taʿidh bil-lahi innahu samīʿun ʿalīmun
English And if an evil suggestion comes to you from Satan, then seek refuge in Allāh. Indeed, He is Hearing and Knowing.
- وَإِمَّاwa-immāAnd if
- يَنزَغَنَّكَyanzaghannakaan evil suggestion comes to you
- مِنَminafrom
- ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِl-shayṭāni[the] Shaitaan
- نَزْغٌۭnazghun[an evil suggestion]
- فَٱسْتَعِذْfa-is'taʿidhthen seek refuge
- بِٱللَّهِ ۚbil-lahiin Allah
- إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
- سَمِيعٌsamīʿun(is) All-Hearing
- عَلِيمٌʿalīmunAll-Knowing
Verse 201
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوْا۟ إِذَا مَسَّهُمْ طَـٰٓئِفٌ مِّنَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ تَذَكَّرُوا۟ فَإِذَا هُم مُّبْصِرُونَ
Transliteration inna alladhīna ittaqaw idhā massahum ṭāifun mina l-shayṭāni tadhakkarū fa-idhā hum mub'ṣirūna
English Indeed, those who fear Allāh - when an impulse touches them from Satan, they remember [Him] and at once they have insight.
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- ٱتَّقَوْا۟ittaqawfear (Allah)
- إِذَاidhāwhen
- مَسَّهُمْmassahumtouches them
- طَـٰٓئِفٌۭṭāifunan evil thought
- مِّنَminafrom
- ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِl-shayṭānithe Shaitaan
- تَذَكَّرُوا۟tadhakkarūthey remember (Allah)
- فَإِذَاfa-idhāand then
- هُمhumthey
- مُّبْصِرُونَmub'ṣirūna(are) those who see (aright)
Verse 202
وَإِخْوَٰنُهُمْ يَمُدُّونَهُمْ فِى ٱلْغَىِّ ثُمَّ لَا يُقْصِرُونَ
Transliteration wa-ikh'wānuhum yamuddūnahum fī l-ghayi thumma lā yuq'ṣirūna
English But their brothers - they [i.e., the devils] increase them in error; then they do not stop short.
- وَإِخْوَٰنُهُمْwa-ikh'wānuhumBut their brothers
- يَمُدُّونَهُمْyamuddūnahumthey plunge them
- فِىfīin
- ٱلْغَىِّl-ghayithe error
- ثُمَّthummathen
- لَاlānot
- يُقْصِرُونَyuq'ṣirūnathey cease
Verse 203
وَإِذَا لَمْ تَأْتِهِم بِـَٔايَةٍ قَالُوا۟ لَوْلَا ٱجْتَبَيْتَهَا ۚ قُلْ إِنَّمَآ أَتَّبِعُ مَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ مِن رَّبِّى ۚ هَـٰذَا بَصَآئِرُ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةٌ لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ
Transliteration wa-idhā lam tatihim biāyatin qālū lawlā ij'tabaytahā qul innamā attabiʿu mā yūḥā ilayya min rabbī hādhā baṣāiru min rabbikum wahudan waraḥmatun liqawmin yu'minūna
English And when you, [O Muḥammad], do not bring them a sign [i.e., miracle], they say, "Why have you not contrived it?" Say, "I only follow what is revealed to me from my Lord. This [Qur’ān] is enlightenment from your Lord and guidance and mercy for a people who believe."
- وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
- لَمْlamnot
- تَأْتِهِمtatihimyou bring them
- بِـَٔايَةٍۢbiāyatina Sign
- قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
- لَوْلَاlawlāWhy (have) not
- ٱجْتَبَيْتَهَا ۚij'tabaytahāyou devised it
- قُلْqulSay
- إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
- أَتَّبِعُattabiʿuI follow
- مَاmāwhat
- يُوحَىٰٓyūḥāis revealed
- إِلَىَّilayyato me
- مِنminfrom
- رَّبِّى ۚrabbīmy Lord
- هَـٰذَاhādhāThis (is)
- بَصَآئِرُbaṣāiruenlightenment
- مِنminfrom
- رَّبِّكُمْrabbikumyour Lord
- وَهُدًۭىwahudanand guidance
- وَرَحْمَةٌۭwaraḥmatunand mercy
- لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminfor a people
- يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnawho believe
Verse 204
وَإِذَا قُرِئَ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ فَٱسْتَمِعُوا۟ لَهُۥ وَأَنصِتُوا۟ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ
Transliteration wa-idhā quri-a l-qur'ānu fa-is'tamiʿū lahu wa-anṣitū laʿallakum tur'ḥamūna
English So when the Qur’ān is recited, then listen to it and pay attention that you may receive mercy.
- وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
- قُرِئَquri-ais recited
- ٱلْقُرْءَانُl-qur'ānuthe Quran
- فَٱسْتَمِعُوا۟fa-is'tamiʿūthen listen
- لَهُۥlahuto it
- وَأَنصِتُوا۟wa-anṣitūand pay attention
- لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
- تُرْحَمُونَtur'ḥamūnareceive mercy
Verse 205
وَٱذْكُر رَّبَّكَ فِى نَفْسِكَ تَضَرُّعًا وَخِيفَةً وَدُونَ ٱلْجَهْرِ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْلِ بِٱلْغُدُوِّ وَٱلْـَٔاصَالِ وَلَا تَكُن مِّنَ ٱلْغَـٰفِلِينَ
Transliteration wa-udh'kur rabbaka fī nafsika taḍarruʿan wakhīfatan wadūna l-jahri mina l-qawli bil-ghuduwi wal-āṣāli walā takun mina l-ghāfilīna
English And remember your Lord within yourself in humility and in fear without being apparent in speech - in the mornings and the evenings. And do not be among the heedless.
- وَٱذْكُرwa-udh'kurAnd remember
- رَّبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
- فِىfīin
- نَفْسِكَnafsikayourself
- تَضَرُّعًۭاtaḍarruʿanhumbly
- وَخِيفَةًۭwakhīfatanand (in) fear
- وَدُونَwadūnaand without
- ٱلْجَهْرِl-jahrithe loudness
- مِنَminaof
- ٱلْقَوْلِl-qawli[the] words
- بِٱلْغُدُوِّbil-ghuduwiin the mornings
- وَٱلْـَٔاصَالِwal-āṣāliand (in) the evenings
- وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
- تَكُنtakunbe
- مِّنَminaamong
- ٱلْغَـٰفِلِينَl-ghāfilīnathe heedless
Verse 206
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ عِندَ رَبِّكَ لَا يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ عَنْ عِبَادَتِهِۦ وَيُسَبِّحُونَهُۥ وَلَهُۥ يَسْجُدُونَ ۩
Transliteration inna alladhīna ʿinda rabbika lā yastakbirūna ʿan ʿibādatihi wayusabbiḥūnahu walahu yasjudūna
English Indeed, those who are near your Lord [i.e., the angels] are not prevented by arrogance from His worship, and they exalt Him, and to Him they prostrate.
- إِنَّinnaIndeed
- ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
- عِندَʿinda(are) near
- رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
- لَاlānot
- يَسْتَكْبِرُونَyastakbirūna(do) they turn away in pride
- عَنْʿanfrom
- عِبَادَتِهِۦʿibādatihiHis worship
- وَيُسَبِّحُونَهُۥwayusabbiḥūnahuAnd they glorify Him
- وَلَهُۥwalahuand to Him
- يَسْجُدُونَ ۩yasjudūnathey prostrate
Word by word and transliteration: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.